WO2024001977A1 - Positioning measurement method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device - Google Patents

Positioning measurement method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024001977A1
WO2024001977A1 PCT/CN2023/102273 CN2023102273W WO2024001977A1 WO 2024001977 A1 WO2024001977 A1 WO 2024001977A1 CN 2023102273 W CN2023102273 W CN 2023102273W WO 2024001977 A1 WO2024001977 A1 WO 2024001977A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency
time
window
frequency domain
terminal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/102273
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
司晔
王园园
邬华明
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2024001977A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024001977A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/69Spread spectrum techniques
    • H04B1/713Spread spectrum techniques using frequency hopping
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the field of mobile communication technology, and specifically relates to a positioning measurement method, device, terminal and network side equipment.
  • RedCap Reduced Capability terminals
  • UE User Equipment
  • the bandwidth characteristics of RedCap UE are as follows: in the first frequency band range (Frequency Range 1, FR1), RedCap UE supports a maximum bandwidth of 20 MHz (Mega Hertz, MHz); in the second frequency band range FR2, RedCap UE supports a maximum bandwidth of 100MHz. Ordinary UE supports a maximum of 100MHz in FR1 and a maximum of 400MHz in FR2.
  • RedCap UE bandwidth supported by RedCap UE is much smaller than that of ordinary UE.
  • Bandwidth is an important factor affecting positioning accuracy. Generally, the greater the bandwidth, the higher the positioning accuracy. Therefore, for the positioning of RedCap UE, the positioning accuracy obtained by positioning measurement under the condition of limited bandwidth is low.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning measurement method, device, terminal and network side equipment, which can solve the problem of low positioning accuracy obtained by positioning measurement under limited bandwidth.
  • a positioning measurement method is provided and applied to a terminal.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal obtains the first information
  • the terminal uses frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times according to the first information, and obtains measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
  • a positioning measurement device including:
  • the transmission module is used to obtain the first information
  • the measurement module is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal using frequency hopping at different times according to the first information, and obtain measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
  • a positioning measurement method which is applied to network-side equipment.
  • the method includes:
  • the network side device sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times.
  • a positioning measurement device including:
  • Execution module used to determine the first information
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times.
  • a terminal in a fifth aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor.
  • the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following implementations are implemented: The steps of the method described in one aspect.
  • a terminal including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner according to the first information at different times to obtain measurements corresponding to each subband. results and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands, and the communication interface is used to obtain the first information.
  • a network side device in a seventh aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor.
  • the program or instructions are executed by the processor.
  • a network side device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is used to determine the first information, the communication interface is used to send the first information to the terminal, and the first information is Instructing the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times.
  • a ninth aspect provides a positioning measurement system, including: a terminal and a network side device.
  • the terminal can be used to perform the steps of the positioning measurement method as described in the first aspect.
  • the network side device can be used to perform the steps of the third aspect. The steps of the positioning measurement method described in this aspect.
  • a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented as described in the first aspect. The steps of the method described in the third aspect.
  • a chip in an eleventh aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. method, or implement a method as described in the third aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect
  • the measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or Or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple sub-bands which is equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a positioning measurement method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a time-frequency schematic diagram of a positioning measurement method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning measurement device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of another positioning measurement method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning measurement device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network side device that implements an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and “second” are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object can be one or multiple.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced, LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • NR New Radio
  • 6G 6th Generation
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12.
  • the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer.
  • Tablet Personal Computer Tablet Personal Computer
  • laptop computer laptop computer
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • UMPC ultra-mobile personal computer
  • UMPC mobile Internet device
  • MID mobile Internet Device
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • robots wearable devices
  • WUE Vehicle User Equipment
  • PUE Pedestrian User Equipment
  • smart home home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.
  • game consoles personal computers (personal computer, PC), teller machine or self-service machine and other terminal-side devices.
  • Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets) bracelets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc.
  • the network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device 12 may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or Wireless access network unit.
  • the access network device 12 may include a base station, a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access point or a WiFi node, etc.
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
  • the base station may be called a Node B, an evolved Node B (eNB), an access point, Base Transceiver Station (BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home B-node, home evolved B-node , Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application This introduction only takes the base station in the NR system as an example, and does not limit the specific type of base station.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • BSS Basic Service Set
  • ESS Extended Service Set
  • TRP Transmitting Receiving Point
  • Core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management functions (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management functions (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Service Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM), unified data warehousing (Unified Data Repository, UDR), attributed user server (Home Subscriber Server, HSS), centralized network configuration (Centralized network configuration, CNC), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF), network exposure function (Network Exposure Function, NEF), local NEF (Local NEF, or L -NEF), Binding Support Function (Binding Support Function, BSF), Application Function (Application Function, AF), etc. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a positioning measurement method.
  • the execution subject of the method is a terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the terminal, and the terminal can be a RedCap UE.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • the terminal obtains the first information.
  • the first information is used to instruct the terminal to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times.
  • the reception frequency hopping means that the positioning reference signal (Positioning Reference Signal, PRS) 31 is sent without frequency hopping and is sent with a large bandwidth.
  • the bandwidth is greater than the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal.
  • the terminal uses frequency hopping when measuring. , that is, the terminal only receives subband 32 (also called narrowband, PRS subband), part of the bandwidth of PRS in the frequency domain, or part of the continuous bandwidth of PRS in the frequency domain at different times. And the frequency domain positions are staggered, as shown in Figure 3.
  • the wideband PRS is divided into several sub-bands with smaller bandwidths for measurement.
  • the terminal obtains relevant configurations for measuring PRS using the frequency hopping method through the first information.
  • the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping method, and each hop corresponds to a time frequency. window, step S210 includes:
  • the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop of the terminal measures different subbands of the positioning reference signal or different partial bandwidths of the PRS in the frequency domain.
  • the time-frequency windows corresponding to each hop do not overlap in the time domain, and may not overlap or partially overlap in the frequency domain.
  • the first information further includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure is the number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure
  • the number of hops is used to indicate the number of times the terminal needs to perform frequency hopping during the measurement of the positioning reference signal.
  • the number of hops N1, the number of time-frequency windows N2, and the number of subbands N3 of the positioning reference signal to be measured may be the same as N.
  • N may be 2, 4, 8, etc.
  • the first information is determined by at least one of the following methods:
  • the network side device can be the base station (NR Node B, gNB) corresponding to the serving cell (serving cell) or the location management function (Location Management Function, LMF), such as network configuration, or pre-configuration;
  • NR Node B gNB
  • LMF Location Management Function
  • the terminal uses frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times according to the first information, and obtains measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
  • the measurement result of the subband may be a measurement result obtained by the terminal measuring the positioning reference signal in a time-frequency window corresponding to the subband.
  • the measurement results of the subbands may be the measurement results of each subband among multiple subbands, or the measurement results of part of the subbands, or the averaged or weighted measurement results of multiple subbands.
  • the measurement results of the joint processing of multiple subbands are obtained by splicing (or aggregating) the PRS of multiple subbands to increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and obtain measurement results with higher accuracy than non-joint processing.
  • the embodiments of the present application obtain the first information and then use the frequency hopping method to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times according to the first information to obtain the measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or
  • the measurement results jointly processed by multiple sub-bands are equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving positioning accuracy.
  • the first information obtained by the terminal includes the time-frequency window information of each hop.
  • the terminal can determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop based on the time-frequency window information, that is, determine the time-domain location information and frequency corresponding to each hop. Domain location information.
  • the terminal may directly obtain the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop from the time-frequency window information.
  • the time-frequency window information includes information of each time-frequency window. If some parameters corresponding to different time-frequency windows are the same (such as bandwidth, duration, starting frequency domain position interval, etc.).
  • the same parameters of multiple time-frequency windows can be configured only once (for example, as a common configuration of multiple time-frequency windows, indicating that the parameters corresponding to multiple time-frequency windows are the same), and different parameters can be configured once.
  • Parameters (such as time-frequency window-specific parameters) are associated with the corresponding time-frequency window.
  • the time-frequency window information includes at least one of a first identifier, a second identifier, time-domain location information of the time-frequency window, and frequency-domain location information of the time-frequency window:
  • the first identifier can identify each time-frequency window, that is, the frequency window identifier. Since the time-frequency window corresponds to each hop, the first identifier can also be used to identify each hop, which is called a hop ID. ). When the number of time-frequency windows is N, the first identifier can be simply expressed as 0 ⁇ N-1. In one implementation, the first identifiers may be arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule;
  • the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier is 0, which indicates the time-frequency window corresponding to the first hop, and the first identifier is N-1, which indicates the time-frequency window corresponding to the last hop;
  • the first identifier is 0, indicating the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position, and the first identifier is N-1, indicating the time frequency window with the highest frequency domain position. window.
  • the second identifier is the partial bandwidth identifier (BWP ID) of the partial bandwidth (BandWidth Part, BWP) where the time-frequency window is located, that is, it is used to indicate the BWP where the subband corresponding to the time-frequency window is located, and the terminal is in the BWP
  • the positioning reference signal is measured within the positioning reference signal.
  • the BWP may be exclusively used for positioning measurement BWP.
  • each hop corresponds to a BWP.
  • the Hop ID can be equivalent to the BWP ID.
  • the time domain location information of the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop is equivalent to the time domain location information of the BWP.
  • Each hop ID can be equivalent to the BWP ID.
  • the frequency domain position of the time-frequency window corresponding to the hop is equivalent to the frequency domain position information of the BWP.
  • each BWP used for measuring PRS contains the configuration of the time-frequency window for PRS measurement.
  • the activated BWP is switched to the corresponding BWP, the time-frequency window for PRS measurement in the BWP is automatically activated.
  • the UE The corresponding time-frequency window is applied within the BWP to process the corresponding PRS.
  • the time domain location information of the time-frequency window may include at least one of duration, period, starting time domain location, and repeat configuration.
  • the duration can be used to indicate the time span of each time-frequency window.
  • the duration can also be used to indicate the time span occupied by one frequency hopping measurement.
  • the time span occupied by one frequency hopping measurement can be from The time from the start of one frequency hopping measurement to the start time of the adjacent next hop ends before the first time period from the time from the start time of one frequency hopping measurement to the start time of the adjacent next hop.
  • a time period may be the frequency hopping switching time of the terminal, and the first time period may be determined by one of network side device instructions, protocol predefinition, or capabilities of the terminal.
  • the durations of multiple time-frequency windows may be the same.
  • the period is used to represent the period in which the time-frequency window appears.
  • the periods of multiple time-frequency windows may be the same.
  • the starting time domain position is used to represent the starting time of the time domain position of the time-frequency window.
  • the starting time domain position of the time-frequency window can be expressed in various ways and can be based on different time units, such as , which can be the starting subframe (subframe), starting time slot (slot), starting symbol (symbol) or other starting time.
  • the starting time domain position of the time-frequency window may be a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time; wherein the first time domain reference point is At least one of the following:
  • the time domain position of the serving cell's system frame number 0 (SFN0), that is, the time of the time-frequency window is based on the timing of the serving cell;
  • Reference Signal Time Difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell, that is, the time of the time-frequency window is based on the timing of the RSTD reference cell;
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window such as the starting subframe, starting slot, starting symbol, etc. of the previous time-frequency window;
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window that is, the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the time-frequency window corresponding to the first hop;
  • the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal for example, the time domain position of the symbol, time slot, subframe, etc. of the first positioning reference signal (or first positioning reference signal resource, or resource set).
  • the first positioning reference signal may be the first positioning reference signal in a certain positioning frequency layer.
  • the absolute time may be Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).
  • UTC Universal Time Coordinated
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the time-frequency window may refer to the starting time domain position or the end of each repetition.
  • Time domain position, or the starting time domain position or the end time domain position after all repetitions are added together.
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window can be the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of a certain repetition of the previous time-frequency window, or it can refer to the sum of all repetitions.
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window can be the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of a certain repetition of the previous time-frequency window, or it can refer to the sum of all repetitions.
  • the time domain offset of each time-frequency window relative to the first time-domain reference point is the same, such as: the starting time domain position or end of each time-frequency window relative to the previous time-frequency window.
  • the temporal offset of the temporal position is the same.
  • the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows are the same, that is, each time-frequency window is set at equal intervals.
  • the terminal can calculate each time-domain position based on the time interval and the first time-domain reference point.
  • the time domain offset of the time-frequency window relative to the first time-domain reference point is Y*time interval.
  • the Y and/or time interval can be indicated by the network side device or predefined by the protocol. For example, Y and the time-frequency window identifier If they are the same, the terminal can calculate the starting time domain positions of other time-frequency windows except the starting time-frequency window based on the time-frequency window identifier, the starting time-domain position of the starting time-frequency window, and the time interval.
  • the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of repetitions is used to represent the number of repetitions of the time-frequency window within a time-frequency window period or a frequency hopping period;
  • the time gap between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window during the repetition of the frequency window.
  • the repeated time-frequency windows have the same first identifier and are used to measure the same sub-band of the PRS; the repeated time-frequency windows have the same duration; the repeated time-frequency windows have the same period.
  • each time-frequency window that is, the time-frequency window with a different first identifier
  • the repeated configuration of each time-frequency window is the same.
  • time units corresponding to various contents in the above time domain position information can be set according to actual needs, such as subframe, slot, symbol, Ts, Tc , seconds (s), milliseconds (ms), microseconds ( ⁇ s), nanoseconds (ns), etc.
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the bandwidth is the frequency domain span of the time-frequency window, which may be the bandwidth of the corresponding subband of the time-frequency window. In one implementation, the bandwidth of each time-frequency window is the same;
  • the frequency domain interval of the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain are the same;
  • the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position is represented by joint coding, such as a resource indicator value (RIV).
  • RIV resource indicator value
  • the starting frequency domain position may be the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal, such as the starting frequency domain position of the positioning frequency layer currently measured by the terminal, such as the starting physical resource block ( Physical Resource Block (PRB) frequency domain location.
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point
  • the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal may also be the starting frequency domain position of the positioning frequency layer currently measured by the terminal;
  • the frequency domain position of the reference point A (Point A) corresponding to the positioning reference signal, such as the reference point A of the positioning frequency layer currently measured by the terminal;
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the highest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the highest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the starting time-frequency window is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the starting time-frequency window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the time-frequency window adjacent to the frequency domain is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the time-frequency window adjacent to the frequency domain.
  • the SCS associated with Offset to Point A is consistent with the SCS of the currently activated BWP or the SCS of the PRS.
  • the SCS associated with Offset to Point A can be indicated by the network side device or predefined by the protocol. .
  • the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain are the same.
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window can be the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position as the first frequency domain reference point, and the frequency domain interval is used as the granularity, so
  • the terminal can calculate the frequency domain offset of the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window relative to the first frequency domain reference point as X*frequency domain interval, where the X and/or frequency domain interval can be determined by the network side device Instructions or protocol predefined, for example, X is the same as the time-frequency window identifier.
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position is the same as the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal.
  • the overlapping bandwidth includes:
  • the first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position
  • the second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  • the time-frequency window information does not directly provide the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop, and the time-frequency window information includes the time-frequency window information.
  • the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of hops or subbands; optionally, the number of frequency domain candidate windows is the same as the number of hops or subbands.
  • a frequency domain candidate window contains consecutive PRBs.
  • the time-domain candidate window information includes at least one of duration, period, starting time-domain position, repeat configuration, and third identification.
  • the time domain candidate window information includes information about each time domain candidate window. If some parameters corresponding to different time domain candidate windows are the same (such as duration, repeat configuration, etc.). In the information of the time domain candidate windows, the same parameters of multiple time domain candidate windows can be configured only once (for example, as a common configuration of multiple time domain candidate windows, it means that these parameters corresponding to multiple time domain candidate windows are the same), And associate different parameters (such as parameters specific to the time domain candidate window) to the corresponding time domain candidate window.
  • the third identifier is used to identify the time domain candidate windows.
  • the third identifier ranges from 0 to N-1.
  • the third identifier may be the same as the first identifier and be arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule, including being arranged from small to large according to the time order of the time domain candidate window.
  • a three flag of 0 can represent the earliest time domain candidate window.
  • the duration of the time domain candidate window is used to represent the time span of each time domain candidate window, or it can Used to indicate the time span occupied by a frequency hopping measurement.
  • the duration of each temporal candidate window is the same.
  • the period is used to represent the period of the time domain candidate window.
  • the period of each time domain candidate window may be the same.
  • the starting time domain position of the time domain candidate window is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time
  • the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell
  • the time domain offset of each time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
  • the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the time interval may be determined by at least one method such as network instructions, protocol agreement, and terminal selection.
  • the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time domain candidate window corresponding to the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time domain candidate window corresponding to the time-frequency window.
  • the time-domain candidate window information includes duration, period, starting time-domain position, and repeat configuration, which are the same as or similar to the content of the time-domain position information of the time-frequency window in the above embodiment, and the repeated parts will not be repeated here.
  • time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window can also be called the starting time domain candidate window.
  • the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the bandwidth is the frequency domain span of the frequency domain candidate window, which may be the bandwidth of the corresponding subband of the frequency domain candidate window. In one implementation, the bandwidth of each frequency domain candidate window is the same;
  • the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
  • a fourth identifier the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the starting frequency domain candidate window indication is used to indicate the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window.
  • the bandwidth and/or the starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
  • the starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal, for example, the starting frequency domain position of the positioning frequency layer currently measured by the UE, such as the starting frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block. domain location.
  • the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point
  • the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal such as the starting frequency domain position of the currently measured positioning frequency layer
  • the frequency domain position of the reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal such as the frequency domain position of the reference point A of the currently measured positioning frequency layer;
  • the starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position is the lowest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the starting frequency domain candidate window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window adjacent to the frequency domain is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window adjacent to the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
  • the starting frequency domain candidate window is a frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window.
  • the starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window can be the starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position as the first frequency domain reference point, and the frequency domain interval as the granularity
  • the terminal can calculate the frequency domain offset of the starting frequency domain position of each frequency domain candidate window relative to the first frequency domain reference point as M*frequency domain interval, and the M and/or frequency domain interval can be determined by the network Side device indication or protocol pre-definition, for example, M is the same as the frequency domain candidate window identifier.
  • the overlapping bandwidth of the frequency domain candidate window includes:
  • the first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
  • the second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  • the frequency domain candidate window information includes bandwidth, starting frequency domain position, frequency domain adjacent frequency domain candidates
  • the frequency domain interval and overlap bandwidth between the starting frequency domain positions of the window are the same as or similar to the corresponding parts in the frequency domain position information of the time-frequency window in the above embodiment, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • the fourth identifier is used to identify frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the fourth identifier ranges from 0 to N-1.
  • the fourth identifiers are arranged from small to large in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows from low to high.
  • the fourth identifier of 0 indicates the frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position.
  • the frequency domain candidate window information is determined by the terminal from a preconfigured or predefined frequency domain candidate window information set according to the fourth identifier. For example, if multiple frequency domain candidate windows are preconfigured or predefined, the terminal can determine at least one frequency domain candidate window to be applied during frequency hopping measurement according to at least one fourth identifier indicated by the network.
  • a time-frequency window composed of a frequency domain candidate window is used to measure a sub-band of the PRS.
  • the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding sub-band.
  • the frequency domain candidate window information includes information about each frequency domain candidate window. If some parameters corresponding to different frequency domain candidate windows are the same (such as duration, repeat configuration, etc.). In the information of frequency domain candidate windows, the same parameters of multiple frequency domain candidate windows can be configured only once (for example, as a common configuration of multiple frequency domain candidate windows, it means that these parameters corresponding to multiple frequency domain candidate windows are the same), And associate different parameters (such as parameters specific to the frequency domain candidate window) to the corresponding frequency domain candidate window.
  • one frequency domain candidate window corresponds to one BWP, which may be specifically used to locate the measured BWP.
  • the frequency domain position of each frequency domain candidate window is the same as the frequency domain position of the corresponding BWP.
  • the fourth identifier of each frequency domain candidate window is the same as the second identifier of the corresponding BWP
  • the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window is the switching sequence of the BWP
  • the starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is the same as the starting frequency domain position of the corresponding BWP.
  • each BWP used for measuring PRS contains the configuration of the frequency domain window for PRS measurement. After switching to the BWP, the time-frequency window for PRS measurement in the BWP is automatically activated. The terminal is based on this time. Frequency window to measure PRS.
  • the number of the time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of the frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the terminal may determine the frequency domain candidate window of the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop in the frequency hopping measurement according to the first frequency hopping sequence, and the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
  • the first frequency hopping sequence may be determined based on a fourth identifier of a previous frequency domain candidate window and/or a fourth identifier of a subsequent frequency domain candidate window of the indicated current frequency domain candidate window.
  • the fourth identifier of the previous frequency domain candidate window is used to indicate which frequency domain candidate window to jump from to the current frequency domain candidate window; the fourth identifier of the subsequent frequency domain candidate window is used to indicate which frequency domain candidate window to jump from.
  • each frequency domain candidate window may be configured with a corresponding fourth identifier of an adjacent frequency domain candidate window.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence may be determined based on a frequency hopping order list indication of the frequency domain candidate window.
  • the frequency hopping sequence list may specifically be an ID list (list) of fourth identifiers, and the order of the fourth identifiers in the ID list is the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate windows corresponding to each time-frequency window during the frequency hopping measurement.
  • the length of the ID list is the number of hops or the number of subbands.
  • the frequency hopping order list may also be a sequential arrangement of information units corresponding to each frequency domain candidate window, and the first frequency hopping sequence is determined according to the arrangement order.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence may be determined based on protocol predefinition.
  • the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
  • the protocol predefines the frequency hopping order under different numbers of frequency domain candidate windows
  • the frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows are in high and low order, for example, in the order of frequency domain positions from low to high or from high to low.
  • the number of frequency domain candidate windows can also be determined by the number of time domain candidate windows, or the number of time-frequency windows. Quantity indicates confirmation or replacement expression.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
  • the frequency domain candidate window with order 1 represents the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the terminal's starting time-frequency window; with respect to the frequency hopping order, the frequency domain candidate window with order 1 does not represent the starting time-frequency window.
  • the corresponding frequency domain candidate window, and the frequency hopping measurement can start from the time-frequency window corresponding to any frequency domain candidate window, and then perform frequency hopping according to the frequency hopping sequence.
  • the terminal can obtain the frequency domain candidate position before or after the frequency domain candidate position.
  • the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window can also be called the starting frequency domain candidate window.
  • the frequency hopping order of the frequency domain candidate window may be a cyclic order. For example, there are four frequency domain candidate windows, and the identification sequence of the frequency domain candidate windows corresponding to the frequency hopping sequence is ⁇ 0, 2, 3, 1 ⁇ . Then if the terminal starts frequency hopping from the frequency domain candidate window identified as 3, the actual hop The frequency hopping sequence is ⁇ 3, 1, 0, 2 ⁇ ; if the terminal starts frequency hopping from the frequency domain candidate window identified as 1, the actual frequency hopping sequence is ⁇ 1, 0, 2, 3 ⁇ .
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence
  • the relative frequency hopping sequence is equivalent to indicating an offset of the identifier of each frequency candidate window relative to the identifier of the starting frequency domain candidate window.
  • the frequency domain position of each hop in the relative frequency hopping sequence is the frequency domain position relative to the starting frequency domain candidate window. offset).
  • the number of frequency domain candidate windows is N
  • the identification sequence of the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the first frequency hopping sequence is ⁇ ID list ⁇
  • the starting frequency domain candidate window identification is a
  • the actual frequency hopping sequence is (a+ ⁇ ID list ⁇ ) mod N
  • the starting frequency domain candidate window identifier is 2
  • the identifier sequence of the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the first frequency hopping sequence is ⁇ 0,1,2,3 ⁇
  • the actual frequency hopping sequence is ⁇ 2 +(0,1,2,3) ⁇ mod 4, that is ⁇ 2,3,0,1 ⁇ .
  • the identification sequence of the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the first frequency hopping sequence is ⁇ ID list ⁇ , indicating that the frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window of each hop relative to the frequency domain position of the starting frequency domain candidate window is ⁇ ID list ⁇ *B, B represents the frequency domain position offset of the frequency domain candidate window adjacent to the frequency domain position; if the starting frequency domain candidate window is identified as a, then the frequency domain position offset corresponding to the actual frequency hopping sequence is (( a+ ⁇ ID list ⁇ )mod N)*B, the actual frequency domain candidate window identification sequence is (a+ ⁇ ID list ⁇ )mod N.
  • the starting frequency domain candidate window is used to indicate that the terminal starts frequency hopping from this frequency domain candidate window.
  • the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is the same as the first part of the bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain candidate window with the closest frequency domain position, the first part of the bandwidth is the active downlink part bandwidth (DonwLink BandWidth Part, DL BWP).
  • time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window can also be called the starting time domain candidate window.
  • the frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth can be determined in various ways. In one implementation, the determination can be based on the following conditions:
  • A2 If there are multiple frequency domain candidate windows selected based on A1, you can randomly select one from the multiple selected frequency domain candidate windows, or select a frequency domain position from the multiple selected frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the lowest or highest frequency domain candidate window is used as the frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth;
  • A4 If there are multiple frequency domain candidate windows selected according to A3, you can randomly select one from the multiple selected frequency domain candidate windows, or select a frequency domain position from the multiple selected frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the lowest or highest frequency domain candidate window is used as the frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth.
  • the corresponding time domain candidate window can be selected using different time domain candidate windows.
  • the frequency domain candidate window is used to determine the time-frequency window for frequency hopping measurement, and the selection of the frequency domain candidate window is related to the time domain position during frequency hopping measurement.
  • the time domain position of the frequency hopping measurement is from the following to Determine one of the following: the time domain candidate window, the symbol/slot/subframe/frame/radio frame corresponding to the time domain position of the frequency hopping measurement, repeated configuration, period, etc.
  • the frequency domain candidate window can be calculated based on the time domain position during frequency hopping measurement. For example, the fourth identifier of the frequency domain candidate window is determined according to the third identifier of the time domain candidate window.
  • the embodiments of the present application determine the frequency hopping measurement period by obtaining the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop during the frequency hopping measurement period, or based on the obtained time domain candidate window and/or frequency domain candidate window.
  • the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop allows the time-frequency window to be configured flexibly, and the positioning reference signal is measured in each time-frequency window, which increases the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves positioning accuracy.
  • the terminal after obtaining the first information, the terminal also needs to receive activation information corresponding to the first information to determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  • the activation indication may be carried by Radio Resource Control (RRC) information, Medium Access Control Element (MAC CE) or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Medium Access Control Element
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the method when the time-frequency window information includes the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop, after obtaining the first information, the method further includes:
  • the terminal acquires first activation information.
  • the first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or instructs the terminal to perform frequency hopping measurement in the activated time-frequency window.
  • the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • Activated time-frequency window list (such as Hop list);
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows is the number of activated time-frequency windows.
  • the frequency hopping activation indication may indicate whether to activate frequency hopping measurement of the terminal and/or all preconfigured or predefined time-frequency windows.
  • the terminal activates the frequency hopping measurement and/or activates all preconfigured or predefined time-frequency windows.
  • the activated time-frequency window list can be used to represent at least one activated time-frequency window.
  • the terminal can perform frequency hopping measurements between multiple activated time-frequency windows according to the time-frequency window list and measure the PRS.
  • the first identifier of the starting time-frequency window is used to indicate the starting time-frequency window when frequency hopping measurement starts.
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows is used to indicate the number of hops during frequency hopping measurement by the terminal, or the number of actually used time-frequency windows.
  • the time-frequency window may be started from the first time-frequency window identified as 0, and the frequency hopping sequence may be continued according to the frequency hopping sequence of the first identification. Frequency hopping measurement of the number of time-frequency windows activated.
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows may be continued starting from the starting time-frequency window. Frequency hopping measurement.
  • the first activation information may also determine the time-frequency window of each hop through the first identifier of the starting time-frequency window and the first identifier of the ending time-frequency window.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal obtains second activation information, and the second activation information is used to indicate to the terminal the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop;
  • the terminal determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop according to the second activation information, that is, determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop in the frequency hopping measurement according to the frequency hopping sequence indicated by the second activation information.
  • the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • a second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the second activation information may include a fourth identification of the first frequency domain candidate window, and the terminal determines the starting time-frequency window corresponding to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  • Frequency domain candidate window start performing frequency hopping measurements.
  • all frequency domain candidate windows can be activated by default.
  • the terminal can use the starting frequency domain candidate window as a starting point to perform frequency hopping measurements between all frequency domain candidate windows. For example, The terminal may determine the actual frequency hopping sequence during the frequency hopping measurement based on the frequency domain candidate window of the starting time-frequency window determined by the second activation information, combined with the network side device instructions or the frequency hopping sequence predefined by the protocol.
  • the second activation information may include a third identification of the first time domain candidate window, and the terminal determines the starting time-frequency window corresponding to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  • Frequency domain candidate window start performing frequency hopping measurements.
  • all temporal candidate windows may be activated by default.
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
  • all time domain candidate windows and/or all frequency domain candidate windows may be activated by default.
  • the second activation information includes the number of activated time-frequency windows.
  • the terminal may start from the starting time-frequency window based on the time domain candidate window and/or the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time and frequency window in the second activation information or preconfigured or predefined by the protocol, and then combine Perform frequency hopping measurements according to the frequency hopping sequence and the number of activated time-frequency windows indicated by the network side device or predefined by the protocol.
  • the second frequency hopping order may be used to indicate the frequency hopping order of the frequency domain candidate window and/or the switching order of the corresponding BWP.
  • the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
  • a list of fourth identifiers, where the fourth identifier is an identifier of the frequency domain candidate window, and the frequency hopping order of the frequency domain candidate window can be determined based on the list of fourth identifiers;
  • the list of fourth identifiers includes fourth identifiers of all frequency domain candidate windows by default, that is, the frequency hopping order of the frequency domain candidate windows indicated by the second frequency hopping sequence includes all frequency domain candidates by default. Domain candidate window.
  • the terminal determines the corresponding hops according to the second activation information.
  • the time-frequency window includes:
  • the terminal determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop according to the activated time domain candidate window list and/or the activated frequency domain candidate window list.
  • the activated time domain candidate window list may be a list of third identifiers of time domain candidate windows, the list of time domain candidate windows includes at least one time domain candidate window, and the order in the time domain candidate window list is It is the order of the time domain candidate windows corresponding to the time-frequency windows corresponding to each hop in the frequency hopping measurement.
  • the time domain candidate window list only contains one frequency domain candidate window, only one time domain candidate window is activated.
  • the activated frequency domain candidate window list may be a list of fourth identifiers of frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the list of frequency domain candidate windows includes at least one frequency domain candidate window.
  • the order in the frequency domain candidate window list is It is the order of the frequency domain candidate windows corresponding to the time-frequency windows corresponding to each hop in the frequency hopping measurement.
  • the frequency domain candidate window list only contains one frequency domain candidate window, only one frequency domain candidate window is activated.
  • the number of activated time domain candidate windows in the time domain candidate window list is the same as the number of activated frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain candidate window list.
  • the embodiments of the present application can determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop based on the activation information corresponding to the first information, so that the time-frequency window can be more flexibly processed. configuration, improves the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves the positioning accuracy.
  • the first information also includes measurement indication information
  • the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the terminal to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping
  • the joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
  • the frequency hopping indication may specifically be a frequency hopping enablement flag (Frequency Hopping), which is used to instruct the terminal to measure the PRS through frequency hopping.
  • the first information includes the Information Element (IE) corresponding to the frequency hopping indication, the terminal measures the PRS through frequency hopping; if it does not exist, other methods are used for measurement, such as in active DL by default. PRS is measured within the BWP or across measurement gaps.
  • IE Information Element
  • the joint processing indication may specifically be a joint processing enable flag, which is used to instruct the terminal to obtain measurement results through joint processing. If the IE corresponding to the joint processing indication exists in the first information, the terminal performs joint processing on the measurement results of each time-frequency window through joint processing; if not, the terminal obtains the measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window respectively.
  • the terminal obtains the positioning measurement result by jointly processing multiple subbands by default.
  • the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether the terminal performs frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby enabling the terminal to be applicable to more application scenarios.
  • the implementation of this application also provides switching rules and collision rules during the terminal's frequency hopping measurement.
  • the switching rules and collision rules can be indicated by the first information, or can be indicated by the network side device or protocol preset. Define, terminal selection, etc. to determine.
  • the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time.
  • the time-frequency window is determined by a time domain candidate window and a frequency domain candidate window
  • the time interval of the time domain candidate window must not be less than the first time period.
  • the first time period may be determined by one of network side device instructions, protocol predefinition, or terminal capabilities.
  • the terminal does not receive downlink (DL) signals or process downlink channels, and/or the terminal does not transmit uplink (UpLink, UL) signals. or uplink channel.
  • DL downlink
  • UpLink uplink
  • the frequency hopping switching period may be the first time period in the above embodiment, that is, the first time period before the start of the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  • the target communication behavior may include receiving downlink signals and/or downlink channels, and transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • the UE is not expected to measure the PRS.
  • the UE is not expected to perform the target communication behavior during positioning reference signal measurement, for example, not is expected to receive other downlink signals and/or downlink channels, or is not expected to transmit uplink signals and/or uplink channels; in another embodiment In the formula, it is not expected to perform measurement of the positioning reference signal during the execution of the target communication behavior by the terminal.
  • the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval
  • the first time interval includes the duration of all (activated) time-frequency windows and the duration of two adjacent hops (or time-frequency windows). switching time between.
  • the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval
  • the second time interval of the terminal includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to each hop, and, and the next hop and/or the previous time interval. Switching time between hops.
  • the terminal is not expected to measure the PRS or is not expected to complete the target communication behavior.
  • each time-frequency window corresponds to a PRS processing window or a measurement interval.
  • the duration of each time-frequency window and the switching time between the next hop and/or the previous hop correspond to a PRS processing window or a measurement interval.
  • the duration of all (activated) time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops (or time-frequency windows) correspond to a PRS processing window or a measurement interval.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide switching rules and collision rules when the terminal performs frequency hopping measurements, thereby making the positioning measurement method more reasonable and not affecting the normal communication efficiency of the terminal.
  • step S220 the method further includes:
  • the terminal reports the positioning measurement result.
  • the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
  • a first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
  • a second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
  • the reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource (PRS Resource) where the measurement failed.
  • the measurement results corresponding to each subband and/or the measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window may include at least one of the following: a first identifier corresponding to each time-frequency window, a fourth identifier corresponding to each frequency domain candidate window, The third identifier corresponding to the domain candidate window, the identifier of each subband, the timestamp (time stamp), and the identifier of the receive time error group (Rx Time Error Group, Rx TEG) associated with this hop.
  • the first joint measurement result and/or the second joint measurement result may include a first identifier corresponding to the corresponding time-frequency window or a fourth identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, used to represent the first joint measurement result.
  • the quantity result or the second joint measurement result is jointly processed based on the corresponding time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window.
  • the reason for the measurement failure includes at least one of the following:
  • the positioning reference signal is muted
  • the positioning reference signal is punctured
  • the positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different Rx TEG.
  • the terminal if the terminal cannot obtain the measurement result corresponding to at least one time-frequency window, it is determined that the measurement of the positioning reference signal resource has failed, and/or the terminal Discard the measurement results of the positioning reference signal resource.
  • the terminal when the terminal measures PRS, it may contain different PRS resources, which may come from the same transmission and reception point (Transmission and Reception Point, TRP), or different transmission and reception points, or Different PRS resource collections. In one implementation, multiple PRS resources come from the same positioning frequency layer.
  • TRP Transmission and Reception Point
  • multiple PRS resources come from the same positioning frequency layer.
  • the resource unit offsets of the positioning reference signal symbols are required to be the same.
  • the positioning measurement results reported by the terminal may include measurement results based on other time-frequency windows.
  • the measurement results based on other time-frequency windows may be measurement results based on joint processing of other time-frequency windows, or individual measurement results of other time-frequency windows.
  • the terminal does not perform (or is not expected to) measure the corresponding measurement results of the positioning reference signal resource in each time-frequency window. joint processing.
  • the embodiments of the present application can obtain positioning measurement results and report them according to actual needs, so as to obtain more accurate positioning results.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal reports the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal.
  • the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal include at least one of the following:
  • the terminal jointly processes the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
  • the maximum time interval or span of multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing for example, starting from the first symbol (or the x-th symbol) of the starting time-frequency window in the multiple time-frequency windows to The first symbol (or x-th symbol) of the last time-frequency window of multiple time-frequency windows ends;
  • the maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported by the terminal when performing joint processing If the maximum timing difference exceeds the maximum timing difference, joint processing cannot be performed.
  • the timing difference is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops. For example, the timing difference is 0 indicates synchronization, and a timing difference other than 0 indicates asynchronous or synchronization time differences between multiple hops.
  • the maximum timing difference indicates the maximum synchronization time difference between multiple hops that the UE can jointly process;
  • the maximum frequency difference between multiple time-frequency windows when the terminal performs joint processing If it exceeds the maximum frequency difference, joint processing cannot be performed.
  • the frequency difference is used to represent the phase relationship between multiple hops, such as: Between hops, if the difference between the average phases of each hop is greater than a certain value, the terminal cannot perform joint processing;
  • the processing capability of the terminal to process the PRS of each subband
  • the PRS processing capability is represented by ⁇ N, T ⁇ , that is, the UE can process PRS with a duration of Nms every Tms.
  • the maximum bandwidth of the PRS processing capability and the terminal joint processing the maximum number of hops (sub-bands), fast Fourier transform (FFT)/Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (Inverse Fast Fourier Transform, IFFT) capability, the maximum time interval of multi-hops, the maximum phase difference of multi-hops, the maximum timing difference of multi-hops, and the maximum frequency difference of multi-hops are related to at least one of them.
  • each group represents the processing capabilities under specific bandwidth, number of hops, etc.; or, the PRS processing capabilities when terminals report joint processing assume that terminals jointly process.
  • the minimum time interval between the switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain is used to represent the minimum time interval required for the terminal to switch from one time-frequency window to another. In other words, in order to perform frequency hopping switching RF retuning time.
  • the minimum time interval between switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain can be To consist of at least one of the following capabilities:
  • Intra-band hop switching time indicates the switching time when two adjacent time-frequency windows are located in the same frequency band (band);
  • Inter-band hop switching time indicates the switching time when two adjacent time-frequency windows are in different bands
  • the Inter-band Hop switching time includes at least one of the following:
  • Intra-frequency range switching time represents the switching time of two adjacent time-frequency windows in different Bands located in the same frequency range.
  • Inter-frequency range switching time represents the switching time of two adjacent time-frequency windows located in different frequency range bands.
  • the unit of the time interval includes but is not limited to one of Ts, Tc, symbol, slot, cyclic prefix (Cyclic prefix, CP), ms, us, and s.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network side device receives a first request from the terminal or the location server, where the first request is used to instruct the network side device to send configuration information related to frequency hopping measurement to the terminal.
  • the first request contains at least one of the following information:
  • the number of hops (or time-frequency windows);
  • the method before the network side device sends the first activation information or the second activation information to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the network side device receives a second request from the terminal or the location server, and the second request is used to instruct the network device to send the first activation information or the second activation information to the terminal.
  • the second request contains at least one of the following information:
  • the number of time-frequency windows requested to be activated is the number of time-frequency windows requested to be activated.
  • the embodiments of the present application report the frequency hopping frequency of the terminal.
  • the related capabilities can thereby better configure the relevant configuration information of the positioning measurement method for the terminal.
  • the execution subject may be a positioning measurement device.
  • a positioning measurement device performing a positioning measurement method is used as an example to illustrate the positioning measurement device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning measurement device includes: a transmission module 401 and a measurement module 402.
  • the transmission module 401 is used to obtain the first information; the measurement module 402 is used to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal using frequency hopping at different times according to the first information, and obtain measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or multiple Measurements of subband joint processing.
  • the first information is determined by at least one of the following methods:
  • the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping mode.
  • Each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window.
  • the measurement module 402 is configured to measure respectively according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop. Different subbands of the positioning reference signal.
  • the first information also includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of sub-bands of the positioning reference signal that the positioning measurement device needs to measure is the number of sub-bands of the positioning reference signal that the positioning measurement device needs to measure
  • the embodiments of the present application obtain the first information and then use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times based on the first information to obtain the measurement results corresponding to each subband and/or Or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple sub-bands, which is equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
  • the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
  • a first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier
  • the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
  • the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule
  • the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
  • the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time
  • the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window are the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window
  • the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
  • time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
  • the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
  • the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
  • the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point
  • the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the adjacent time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window in the frequency domain is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the adjacent time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
  • the overlapping bandwidth includes:
  • the first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
  • the second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  • the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein, a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop consists of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window. At least one of the windows is determined.
  • the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third identifier is the identifier of the time domain candidate window.
  • the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
  • the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time
  • the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window are the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window
  • the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
  • time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
  • the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
  • a fourth identifier the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
  • the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
  • the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point
  • the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
  • the overlapping bandwidth includes:
  • the first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
  • the second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  • the third identifiers are arranged in ascending order according to the time order of the time domain candidate windows.
  • the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding subband.
  • the fourth identifier is from low to high in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate window. Arrange from small to large.
  • the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the frequency domain candidate window information is determined from a preconfigured or predefined frequency domain candidate window information set according to the fourth identification.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
  • the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
  • the embodiments of the present application determine the frequency hopping measurement period by obtaining the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop during the frequency hopping measurement period, or based on the obtained time domain candidate window and/or frequency domain candidate window.
  • the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop allows the time-frequency window to be configured flexibly, and the positioning reference signal is measured in each time-frequency window, which increases the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves positioning accuracy.
  • the transmission module 401 is also used to obtain first activation information, the first activation information is used to indicate the activated time-frequency window, and/or indicates that the terminal is in the activated time-frequency window. window for frequency hopping measurements.
  • the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows is the number of activated time-frequency windows.
  • the measurement module 402 is configured to activate the frequency hopping measurement and/or activate all time-frequency windows.
  • the transmission module 401 is also used to obtain second activation information, where the second activation information is used to indicate the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop;
  • the measurement module 402 is also configured to determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop according to the second activation information.
  • the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • a second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  • the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
  • a list of fourth identifiers the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the measurement module 402 is configured to measure according to the activated time domain candidate window list and/or Or the activated frequency domain candidate window list determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  • the terminal determines the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window in the following manner: the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is a frequency domain that is the same as the first part of the bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain candidate window with the closest domain position, the first part of the bandwidth is the activated downlink part bandwidth.
  • the embodiments of the present application can determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop based on the activation information corresponding to the first information, so that the time-frequency window can be more flexibly processed. configuration, improves the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves the positioning accuracy.
  • the first information also includes measurement indication information
  • the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the use of the positioning measurement device to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping;
  • the joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
  • the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether to perform frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby being applicable to more application scenarios.
  • the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time.
  • the subcarrier interval associated with the time-frequency window is the same as the subcarrier interval of the currently activated partial bandwidth.
  • the wave spacing is consistent with the sub-carrier spacing of the positioning reference signal.
  • the transmission module 401 is configured to not perform target communication behavior during frequency hopping switching; wherein the target communication behavior includes at least one of the following:
  • the transmission module 401 is configured to not perform the target communication behavior during positioning reference signal measurement
  • the transmission module 401 is configured not to measure the positioning reference signal during the execution of the target communication behavior
  • the target communication behavior includes at least one of the following:
  • the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops.
  • the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval, and the second time interval includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to one hop, and switching between the next hop and/or the previous hop. time.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide switching rules and collision rules during frequency hopping measurement, thereby making the positioning measurement method more reasonable and not affecting normal communication efficiency.
  • the transmission module 401 is also configured to report the positioning measurement result.
  • the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
  • a first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
  • a second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
  • the reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure is the reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
  • the measurement failure reasons include at least one of the following:
  • the positioning reference signal is silenced
  • the positioning reference signal is punctured
  • the positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different reception time error groups.
  • the measurement module 402 is configured to determine that the measurement of the positioning reference signal resource fails when the measurement result corresponding to at least one time-frequency window cannot be obtained.
  • the measurement module 402 does not perform measurement results corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource in each time-frequency window. joint processing.
  • the resource unit offsets of the positioning reference signal symbols are required to be the same.
  • the embodiments of the present application can obtain positioning measurement results and report them according to actual needs, so as to obtain more accurate positioning results.
  • the transmission module 401 is also configured to report the frequency hopping related capabilities of the positioning measurement device.
  • the frequency hopping related capabilities include at least one of the following:
  • the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows When jointly processing the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
  • the maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported when performing joint processing is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops
  • the terminal s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband
  • the embodiments of the present application can better configure the correlation of the positioning measurement method for the positioning measurement device by reporting the frequency hopping related capabilities of the positioning measurement device. Configuration information.
  • the positioning measurement device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • NAS Network Attached Storage
  • the positioning measurement device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment of Figures 2 to 4, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a positioning measurement method.
  • the execution subject of the method is a network-side device.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the network-side device.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • the network side device sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times.
  • the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping mode.
  • Each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window, which is used by the terminal to separately measure the time-frequency window according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop. Different subbands of the reference signal are located.
  • the first information also includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure is the number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure
  • the method further includes:
  • the network side device receives a first request from the terminal or the location server, where the first request is used to instruct the network side device to send configuration information related to frequency hopping measurement to the terminal.
  • the first request contains at least one of the following information:
  • the number of hops (or time-frequency windows);
  • the method further includes:
  • the network side device receives a second request from the terminal or the location server, and the second request is used to instruct the network device to send the first activation information or the second activation information to the terminal.
  • the second request contains at least one of the following information:
  • the number of time-frequency windows requested to be activated is the number of time-frequency windows requested to be activated.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • the embodiments of the present application send first information to the terminal, and the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times, and obtain each
  • the measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple subbands are equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
  • the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
  • a first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier
  • the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
  • the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop is determined by at least one of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window.
  • the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule
  • the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third identifier is the identifier of the time domain candidate window.
  • the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
  • the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time
  • the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window are the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window
  • the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
  • time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
  • the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
  • a fourth identifier the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
  • the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
  • the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point
  • the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
  • the overlapping bandwidth includes:
  • the first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
  • the second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  • the third identifiers are arranged in ascending order according to the time order of the time domain candidate windows.
  • the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding subband.
  • the fourth identifiers are arranged from small to large in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows from low to high.
  • the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
  • the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • the embodiments of the present application can flexibly match the time-frequency by sending the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop during the frequency hopping measurement to the terminal, or based on the time-domain candidate window and/or the frequency-domain candidate window.
  • the window is configured to increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improve the positioning accuracy.
  • step S510 the method further includes:
  • the network side device sends first activation information to the terminal, where the first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or instructs the terminal to perform frequency hopping measurements in the activated time-frequency window.
  • the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows is the number of activated time-frequency windows.
  • step S510 the method further includes:
  • the network side device sends second activation information to the terminal, where the second activation information is used to indicate to the terminal the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  • the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • a second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  • the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
  • a list of fourth identifiers the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • the embodiment of the present application sends The activation information corresponding to the first information determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop, so that the time-frequency window can be configured more flexibly, the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal is increased, and the positioning accuracy is improved.
  • the first information also includes measurement indication information
  • the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the terminal to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping
  • the joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether the terminal performs frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby enabling the terminal to be applicable to more application scenarios.
  • the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time.
  • the subcarrier spacing associated with the time-frequency window is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the currently activated partial bandwidth, or is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the positioning reference signal.
  • the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops.
  • the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval.
  • the second time interval includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to each hop, and the time interval between the next hop and/or the previous hop. Switching time.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide switching rules and collision rules when the terminal performs frequency hopping measurements, thereby making the positioning measurement method more reasonable and not affecting the normal communication efficiency of the terminal.
  • step S510 the method further includes:
  • the network side device receives the positioning measurement result from the terminal.
  • the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
  • a first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
  • a second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
  • the reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure is the reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
  • the measurement failure reasons include at least one of the following:
  • the positioning reference signal is silenced
  • the positioning reference signal is punctured
  • the positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different reception time error groups.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • embodiments of the present application can obtain more accurate positioning results by receiving positioning measurement results from the terminal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network side device receives the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal from the terminal.
  • the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal include at least one of the following:
  • the terminal jointly processes the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
  • the maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported by the terminal when performing joint processing is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops
  • the terminal s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • the embodiments of the present application can better configure the relevant configuration information of the positioning measurement method for the terminal by reporting the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal.
  • the execution subject may be a positioning measurement device.
  • a positioning measurement device performing a positioning measurement method is used as an example to illustrate the positioning measurement device provided in the embodiments of the application.
  • the positioning measurement device includes a transceiver module 601 and an execution module 602.
  • the execution module 602 is used to determine the first information; the transceiver module 601 is used to send the first information to the terminal, and the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure the positioning reference signal at different times. of different subbands.
  • the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping measurement, and each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window, which is used by the terminal to separately measure the time-frequency window according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop. Different subbands of the reference signal are located.
  • the first information also includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure is the number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure
  • the embodiments of the present application send first information to the terminal, and the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times, and obtain each
  • the measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple subbands are equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
  • the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
  • a first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier
  • the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
  • the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop is determined by at least one of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window.
  • the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule
  • the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third identifier is the identifier of the time domain candidate window.
  • the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
  • the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time
  • the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window are the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window
  • the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
  • time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
  • the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
  • a fourth identifier the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
  • the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
  • the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point
  • the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
  • the overlapping bandwidth includes:
  • the first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
  • the second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  • the third identifiers are arranged in ascending order according to the time order of the time domain candidate windows.
  • the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding subband.
  • the fourth identifiers are arranged from small to large in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows from low to high.
  • the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
  • the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
  • the embodiments of the present application can flexibly match the time-frequency by sending the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop during the frequency hopping measurement to the terminal, or based on the time-domain candidate window and/or the frequency-domain candidate window.
  • the window is configured to increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improve the positioning accuracy.
  • the transceiver module 601 is also configured to send first activation information to the terminal, where the first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or to indicate that the terminal is in Perform frequency hopping measurements in the activated time-frequency window.
  • the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows is the number of activated time-frequency windows.
  • the transceiver module 601 is also configured to send second activation information to the terminal, where the second activation information is used to indicate to the terminal the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  • the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • a second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  • the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  • the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
  • a list of fourth identifiers the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • the embodiments of the present application then send activation information corresponding to the first information to determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop, so that the time-frequency window can be configured more flexibly. configuration, improves the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves the positioning accuracy.
  • the first information also includes measurement indication information
  • the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the terminal to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping
  • the joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
  • the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether the terminal performs frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby enabling the terminal to be applicable to more application scenarios.
  • the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time.
  • the subcarrier spacing associated with the time-frequency window is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the currently activated partial bandwidth, or is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the positioning reference signal.
  • the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops.
  • the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval.
  • the second time interval includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to each hop, and the time interval between the next hop and/or the previous hop. Switching time.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide switching rules and collision rules when the terminal performs frequency hopping measurements, thereby making the positioning measurement method more reasonable and not affecting the normal communication efficiency of the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 601 is also configured to receive the positioning measurement result from the terminal.
  • the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
  • a first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
  • a second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
  • the reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure is the reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
  • the measurement failure reasons include at least one of the following:
  • the positioning reference signal is silenced
  • the positioning reference signal is punctured
  • the positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different reception time error groups.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • embodiments of the present application can obtain more accurate positioning results by receiving positioning measurement results from the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 601 is also configured to receive the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal from the terminal.
  • the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal include at least one of the following:
  • the terminal jointly processes the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
  • the maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported by the terminal when performing joint processing is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops
  • the terminal s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
  • the embodiments of the present application can better configure the relevant configuration information of the positioning measurement method for the terminal by reporting the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal.
  • the positioning measurement device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • the terminal may include but It is not limited to the type of terminal 11 listed above.
  • Other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the positioning measurement device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 5 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 700, which includes a processor 701 and a memory 702.
  • the memory 702 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 701, for example.
  • the communication device 700 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above positioning measurement method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 700 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above positioning measurement method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid duplication, the details are not repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times according to the first information, and obtain the measurement results corresponding to each subband and/or or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple subbands, and the communication interface is used to obtain the first information.
  • This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment.
  • Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 800 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 801, a network module 802, an audio output unit 803, an input unit 804, a sensor 805, a display unit 806, a user input unit 807, an interface unit 808, a memory 809, a processor 810, etc. At least some parts.
  • the terminal 800 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 810 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions.
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 8 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal.
  • the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined or arranged differently, which will not be described again here.
  • the input unit 804 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 8041 and a microphone 8042.
  • the GPU 8041 is used for recording data by an image capture device (such as a camera) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode.
  • the image data obtained from still pictures or videos is processed.
  • the display unit 806 may include a display panel 8061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 807 includes a touch panel 8071 and at least one of other input devices 8072 .
  • Touch panel 8071 also known as touch screen.
  • the touch panel 8071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 8072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 after receiving the downlink data from the network side device, the radio frequency unit 801 can to transmit to the processor 810 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 801 can send uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
  • Memory 809 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 809 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc.
  • memory 809 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or memory 809 may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus
  • the processor 810 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 810 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 810.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 is used to obtain the first information.
  • the processor 810 is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal using frequency hopping at different times according to the first information, and obtain measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
  • the first information is determined by at least one of the following methods:
  • the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping measurement, and each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window.
  • the processor 810 is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  • the first information also includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of sub-bands of the positioning reference signal that the positioning measurement device needs to measure is the number of sub-bands of the positioning reference signal that the positioning measurement device needs to measure
  • the embodiments of the present application are equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
  • the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
  • a first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier
  • the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
  • the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule
  • the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
  • the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time
  • the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window are the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window
  • the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
  • time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
  • the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
  • the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
  • the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point
  • the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
  • the overlapping bandwidth includes:
  • the first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
  • the second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  • the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein, a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop consists of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window. At least one of the windows is determined.
  • the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third identifier is the identifier of the time domain candidate window.
  • the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
  • the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time
  • the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell
  • the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window are the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window
  • the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
  • time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
  • the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
  • the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
  • a fourth identifier the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window
  • the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
  • the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
  • the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point
  • the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
  • the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window
  • the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the adjacent time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window in the frequency domain is the starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the adjacent time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
  • the overlapping bandwidth includes:
  • the first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
  • the second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  • the third identifiers are arranged in ascending order according to the time order of the time domain candidate windows.
  • the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding subband.
  • the fourth identifiers are arranged from small to large in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows from low to high.
  • the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of frequency domain candidate windows.
  • the frequency domain candidate window information is determined from a preconfigured or predefined frequency domain candidate window information set according to the fourth identification.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
  • the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
  • the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
  • the embodiments of the present application increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improve the positioning accuracy.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to obtain first activation information, the first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or indicates that the terminal is in the activated time-frequency window. window for frequency hopping measurements.
  • the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Position Fixing By Use Of Radio Waves (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application belongs to the field of mobile communications. Disclosed are a positioning measurement method and apparatus, and a terminal and a network-side device. The positioning measurement method of the embodiments of the present application comprises: a terminal acquiring first information (S210); and the terminal measuring, according to the first information and by means of frequency hopping, different sub-bands of a positioning reference signal at different times, so as to obtain measurement results corresponding to the sub-bands and/or a measurement result of joint processing of the plurality of sub-bands (S220).

Description

定位测量方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备Positioning measurement methods, devices, terminals and network side equipment
交叉引用cross reference
本发明要求在2022年06月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210761419.3、发明名称为“定位测量方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,该申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本发明中。This invention requires the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on June 30, 2022, with the application number 202210761419.3 and the invention name "Positioning measurement method, device, terminal and network side equipment". The entire content of the application is approved This reference is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请属于移动通信技术领域,具体涉及一种定位测量方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备。This application belongs to the field of mobile communication technology, and specifically relates to a positioning measurement method, device, terminal and network side equipment.
背景技术Background technique
降低能力(Reduced Capability,RedCap)终端(也称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE))应满足低复杂度和成本的要求。RedCap UE的带宽特性如下:在第一频段范围(Frequency Range 1,FR1)内RedCap UE最大支持20兆赫(Mega Hertz,MHz)带宽;在第二频段范围FR2,RedCap UE最大支持100MHz带宽。普通UE,在FR1最大支持100MHz,在FR2最大支持400MHz一般情况。Reduced Capability (RedCap) terminals (also known as User Equipment (UE)) should meet low complexity and cost requirements. The bandwidth characteristics of RedCap UE are as follows: in the first frequency band range (Frequency Range 1, FR1), RedCap UE supports a maximum bandwidth of 20 MHz (Mega Hertz, MHz); in the second frequency band range FR2, RedCap UE supports a maximum bandwidth of 100MHz. Ordinary UE supports a maximum of 100MHz in FR1 and a maximum of 400MHz in FR2.
可见,RedCap UE与普通UE相比所支持的带宽要小很多。而带宽是影响定位精度的重要因素,一般情况下,带宽越大,定位精度越高。因此,对于RedCap UE的定位来说,在带宽受限的情况下进行定位测量得到的定位精度较低。It can be seen that the bandwidth supported by RedCap UE is much smaller than that of ordinary UE. Bandwidth is an important factor affecting positioning accuracy. Generally, the greater the bandwidth, the higher the positioning accuracy. Therefore, for the positioning of RedCap UE, the positioning accuracy obtained by positioning measurement under the condition of limited bandwidth is low.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种定位测量方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备,能够解决在带宽受限的情况下进行定位测量得到的定位精度较低的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning measurement method, device, terminal and network side equipment, which can solve the problem of low positioning accuracy obtained by positioning measurement under limited bandwidth.
第一方面,提供了一种定位测量方法,应用于终端,该方法包括:In the first aspect, a positioning measurement method is provided and applied to a terminal. The method includes:
终端获取第一信息;The terminal obtains the first information;
所述终端根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The terminal uses frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times according to the first information, and obtains measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
第二方面,提供了一种定位测量装置,包括:In a second aspect, a positioning measurement device is provided, including:
传输模块,用于获取第一信息;The transmission module is used to obtain the first information;
测量模块,用于根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The measurement module is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal using frequency hopping at different times according to the first information, and obtain measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
第三方面,提供了一种定位测量方法,应用于网络侧设备,该方法包括: In the third aspect, a positioning measurement method is provided, which is applied to network-side equipment. The method includes:
网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。The network side device sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times.
第四方面,提供了一种定位测量装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, a positioning measurement device is provided, including:
执行模块,用于确定第一信息;Execution module, used to determine the first information;
收发模块,用于向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。The transceiver module is configured to send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times.
第五方面,提供了一种终端,该终端包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect, a terminal is provided. The terminal includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following implementations are implemented: The steps of the method described in one aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种终端,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述处理器用于根据第一信息不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到每个子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果,所述通信接口用于获取第一信息。In a sixth aspect, a terminal is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner according to the first information at different times to obtain measurements corresponding to each subband. results and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands, and the communication interface is used to obtain the first information.
第七方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,该网络侧设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a seventh aspect, a network side device is provided. The network side device includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. The program or instructions are executed by the processor. When implementing the steps of the method described in the first aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述处理器用于确定第一信息,所述通信接口用于向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。In an eighth aspect, a network side device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is used to determine the first information, the communication interface is used to send the first information to the terminal, and the first information is Instructing the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times.
第九方面,提供了一种定位测量系统,包括:终端及网络侧设备,所述终端可用于执行如第一方面所述的定位测量方法的步骤,所述网络侧设备可用于执行如第三方面所述的定位测量方法的步骤。A ninth aspect provides a positioning measurement system, including: a terminal and a network side device. The terminal can be used to perform the steps of the positioning measurement method as described in the first aspect. The network side device can be used to perform the steps of the third aspect. The steps of the positioning measurement method described in this aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a tenth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented as described in the first aspect. The steps of the method described in the third aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的方法,或实现如第三方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. method, or implement a method as described in the third aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的定位测量方法,或实现如第三方面所述的定位测量方法的步骤。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect The positioning measurement method, or the steps of implementing the positioning measurement method as described in the third aspect.
在本申请实施例中,通过获取第一信息,再根据第一信息进行跳频测量,并在不同时间测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/ 或多个子带联合处理的测量结果,从而相当于提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。In this embodiment of the present application, by obtaining the first information, performing frequency hopping measurements based on the first information, and measuring different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times, the measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or Or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple sub-bands, which is equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种定位测量方法的流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a positioning measurement method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种定位测量方法的时频示意图;Figure 3 is a time-frequency schematic diagram of a positioning measurement method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种定位测量装置的结构示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning measurement device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种定位测量方法的流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of another positioning measurement method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种定位测量装置的结构示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning measurement device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备结构示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的结构示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application;
图9为实现本申请实施例的一种网络侧设备的结构示意图。Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network side device that implements an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and "second" are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, the first object can be one or multiple. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目 的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6th Generation,6G)通信系统。It is worth pointing out that the technology described in the embodiments of this application is not limited to Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE Evolution (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) systems, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used not only for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies, but also for other systems and radio technologies. The following description is for example purposes describes the New Radio (NR) system, and uses NR terminology in most of the following descriptions, but these technologies can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th Generation (6G) communications system.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、车载设备(Vehicle User Equipment,VUE)、行人终端(Pedestrian User Equipment,PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备,如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备,可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备,其中,接入网设备12也可以称为无线接入网设备、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备12可以包括基站、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)接入点或WiFi节点等,基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point,TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍,并不限定基站的具体类型。核心网设备可以包含但不限于如下至少一项:核心网节点、核心网功能、移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户平面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)、策略与计费规则功能单元(Policy and Charging Rules Function,PCRF)、边缘应用服务发现功能(Edge Application Server Discovery Function,EASDF)、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM),统一数据仓储(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、归属用户服务器 (Home Subscriber Server,HSS)、集中式网络配置(Centralized network configuration,CNC)、网络存储功能(Network Repository Function,NRF),网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function,NEF)、本地NEF(Local NEF,或L-NEF)、绑定支持功能(Binding Support Function,BSF)、应用功能(Application Function,AF)等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的核心网设备为例进行介绍,并不限定核心网设备的具体类型。Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12. The terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer. (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) equipment, robots, wearable devices (Wearable Device) , Vehicle User Equipment (VUE), Pedestrian User Equipment (PUE), smart home (home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.), game consoles, personal computers (personal computer, PC), teller machine or self-service machine and other terminal-side devices. Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets) bracelets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc. It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11. The network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device 12 may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or Wireless access network unit. The access network device 12 may include a base station, a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access point or a WiFi node, etc. The base station may be called a Node B, an evolved Node B (eNB), an access point, Base Transceiver Station (BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home B-node, home evolved B-node , Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application This introduction only takes the base station in the NR system as an example, and does not limit the specific type of base station. Core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management functions (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management functions (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Service Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM), unified data warehousing (Unified Data Repository, UDR), attributed user server (Home Subscriber Server, HSS), centralized network configuration (Centralized network configuration, CNC), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF), network exposure function (Network Exposure Function, NEF), local NEF (Local NEF, or L -NEF), Binding Support Function (Binding Support Function, BSF), Application Function (Application Function, AF), etc. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the core network equipment in the NR system is used as an example for introduction, and the specific type of the core network equipment is not limited.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的定位测量方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备进行详细地说明。The positioning measurement method, device, terminal and network-side equipment provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings through some embodiments and application scenarios.
如图2所示,本申请实施例提供了一种定位测量方法,该方法的执行主体为终端,换言之,该方法可以由安装在终端的软件或硬件来执行,所述终端可以为RedCap UE。所述方法包括以下步骤。As shown in Figure 2, the embodiment of the present application provides a positioning measurement method. The execution subject of the method is a terminal. In other words, the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the terminal, and the terminal can be a RedCap UE. The method includes the following steps.
S210、终端获取第一信息。S210. The terminal obtains the first information.
所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同的时间采用跳频的方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。The first information is used to instruct the terminal to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times.
为了解决终端带宽受限的问题,本申请实施例提出了一种接收跳频方式来增大定位的有效带宽。所述接收跳频,即在发送定位参考信号(Positioning Reference Signal,PRS)31时不进行跳频以大宽带发送,带宽大于终端所支持的最大带宽,终端在进行测量时采用跳频方式进行测量,即在不同时刻终端仅接收子带(subband)32(也可称为窄带,PRS子带(PRS subband),PRS在频域上的部分带宽,或者PRS在频域上的部分连续的带宽)且频域位置错开,如图3所示。将宽带PRS分为几个带宽较小的子带进行测量。In order to solve the problem of limited terminal bandwidth, embodiments of this application propose a receiving frequency hopping method to increase the effective bandwidth of positioning. The reception frequency hopping means that the positioning reference signal (Positioning Reference Signal, PRS) 31 is sent without frequency hopping and is sent with a large bandwidth. The bandwidth is greater than the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal. The terminal uses frequency hopping when measuring. , that is, the terminal only receives subband 32 (also called narrowband, PRS subband), part of the bandwidth of PRS in the frequency domain, or part of the continuous bandwidth of PRS in the frequency domain at different times. And the frequency domain positions are staggered, as shown in Figure 3. The wideband PRS is divided into several sub-bands with smaller bandwidths for measurement.
终端通过第一信息获取采用跳频方式对PRS进行测量的相关配置,在一种实施方式中,所述第一信息包括跳频方式中各跳的时频窗口信息,每一跳对应一个时频窗口,步骤S210包括:The terminal obtains relevant configurations for measuring PRS using the frequency hopping method through the first information. In one embodiment, the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping method, and each hop corresponds to a time frequency. window, step S210 includes:
所述终端每一跳对应的时频窗口,分别测量所述定位参考信号不同子带或者PRS在频域上的不同的部分带宽。每一跳对应的时频窗口在时域上不重叠,在频域上可以不重叠或部分重叠。The time-frequency window corresponding to each hop of the terminal measures different subbands of the positioning reference signal or different partial bandwidths of the PRS in the frequency domain. The time-frequency windows corresponding to each hop do not overlap in the time domain, and may not overlap or partially overlap in the frequency domain.
在一种实施方式中,所述第一信息还包括以下至少一项:In one implementation, the first information further includes at least one of the following:
所述终端需要测量的定位参考信号的子带数;The number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure;
时频窗口的数量;The number of time-frequency windows;
跳的数量,用于表示对定位参考信号进行测量过程中,终端需要进行跳频的次数。The number of hops is used to indicate the number of times the terminal needs to perform frequency hopping during the measurement of the positioning reference signal.
所述跳的数量N1、时频窗口的数量N2和需要测量的定位参考信号的子带数N3可以相同均为N,例如,N可以为2、4、8等。The number of hops N1, the number of time-frequency windows N2, and the number of subbands N3 of the positioning reference signal to be measured may be the same as N. For example, N may be 2, 4, 8, etc.
可选地,所述第一信息由以下方式至少之一确定: Optionally, the first information is determined by at least one of the following methods:
由网络侧设备指示,所述网络侧设备可以为服务小区(serving cell)对应的基站(NR节点(NR Node B,gNB))或者位置管理功能(Location Management Function,LMF),例如网络配置、或预配置(pre-configuration);Indicated by the network side device, the network side device can be the base station (NR Node B, gNB) corresponding to the serving cell (serving cell) or the location management function (Location Management Function, LMF), such as network configuration, or pre-configuration;
由协议预定义或协议约定;Predefined by the agreement or stipulated in the agreement;
由所述终端选择确定。Determined by the terminal selection.
S220、所述终端根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果。S220. The terminal uses frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times according to the first information, and obtains measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
所述子带的测量结果可以为终端在与子带对应的时频窗口对定位参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果。可选的,子带的测量结果可以是多个子带中每个子带的测量结果,或者部分子带的测量结果,或者多个子带的做平均或加权后的测量结果。The measurement result of the subband may be a measurement result obtained by the terminal measuring the positioning reference signal in a time-frequency window corresponding to the subband. Optionally, the measurement results of the subbands may be the measurement results of each subband among multiple subbands, or the measurement results of part of the subbands, or the averaged or weighted measurement results of multiple subbands.
所述多个子带联合处理的测量结果,则是将多个子带的PRS进行拼接(或聚合)处理,提高定位参考信号的有效带宽,得出比非联合处理精度更高的测量结果。The measurement results of the joint processing of multiple subbands are obtained by splicing (or aggregating) the PRS of multiple subbands to increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and obtain measurement results with higher accuracy than non-joint processing.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过获取第一信息,再根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果,从而相当于提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application obtain the first information and then use the frequency hopping method to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times according to the first information to obtain the measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or The measurement results jointly processed by multiple sub-bands are equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,终端获取的第一信息包括各跳的时频窗口信息,终端可根据所述时频窗口信息确定各跳对应的时频窗口,即确定各跳对应的时域位置信息和频域位置信息。Based on the above embodiment, the first information obtained by the terminal includes the time-frequency window information of each hop. The terminal can determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop based on the time-frequency window information, that is, determine the time-domain location information and frequency corresponding to each hop. Domain location information.
在一种实施方式中,所述终端可以直接从所述时频窗口信息中直接获取各跳对应的时频窗口。In one implementation, the terminal may directly obtain the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop from the time-frequency window information.
可选地,时频窗口信息中包含每个时频窗口的信息。若不同的时频窗口对应的一些参数相同(如带宽、持续时间、起始频域位置间隔等等)。在时频窗口的信息中,可以将多个时频窗口相同的参数只配置一次(如作为多个时频窗口的公共配置,表示多个时频窗口对应的这些参数相同),而将不同的参数(如时频窗口特定的参数)关联到对应的时频窗口。Optionally, the time-frequency window information includes information of each time-frequency window. If some parameters corresponding to different time-frequency windows are the same (such as bandwidth, duration, starting frequency domain position interval, etc.). In the time-frequency window information, the same parameters of multiple time-frequency windows can be configured only once (for example, as a common configuration of multiple time-frequency windows, indicating that the parameters corresponding to multiple time-frequency windows are the same), and different parameters can be configured once. Parameters (such as time-frequency window-specific parameters) are associated with the corresponding time-frequency window.
可选地,所述时频窗口信息包括第一标识、第二标识、所述时频窗口的时域位置信息和所述时频窗口的频域位置信息中的至少一项:Optionally, the time-frequency window information includes at least one of a first identifier, a second identifier, time-domain location information of the time-frequency window, and frequency-domain location information of the time-frequency window:
所述第一标识可以标识每个时频窗口,即时频窗口标识,由于所述时频窗口与各跳相对应,所述第一标识也可以用于标识各跳,称为跳标识(Hop ID)。在所述时频窗口的数量为N的情况下,所述第一标识可以简单表示为0~N-1。在一种实施方式中,所述第一标识可以按照第一排序规则由小到大排列;The first identifier can identify each time-frequency window, that is, the frequency window identifier. Since the time-frequency window corresponds to each hop, the first identifier can also be used to identify each hop, which is called a hop ID. ). When the number of time-frequency windows is N, the first identifier can be simply expressed as 0˜N-1. In one implementation, the first identifiers may be arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule;
其中,所述第一排序规则包括以下至少一项: Wherein, the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
根据所述时频窗口的时间先后顺序,即第一标识为0表示第一跳对应的时频窗口,第一标识为N-1表示最后一跳对应的时频窗口;According to the time sequence of the time-frequency windows, that is, the first identifier is 0, which indicates the time-frequency window corresponding to the first hop, and the first identifier is N-1, which indicates the time-frequency window corresponding to the last hop;
根据与所述时频窗口对应的频域位置由低到高的顺序,即第一标识为0表示频域位置最低的时频窗口,第一标识为N-1表示频域位置最高的时频窗口。According to the order of frequency domain positions corresponding to the time-frequency window from low to high, that is, the first identifier is 0, indicating the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position, and the first identifier is N-1, indicating the time frequency window with the highest frequency domain position. window.
所述第二标识为所述时频窗口所在的部分带宽(BandWidth Part,BWP)的部分带宽标识(BWP ID),也即用于指示时频窗口对应的子带所在的BWP,终端在该BWP内对定位参考信号进行测量,在一种实施方式中,所述BWP可以专门用于定位测量的BWP。The second identifier is the partial bandwidth identifier (BWP ID) of the partial bandwidth (BandWidth Part, BWP) where the time-frequency window is located, that is, it is used to indicate the BWP where the subband corresponding to the time-frequency window is located, and the terminal is in the BWP The positioning reference signal is measured within the positioning reference signal. In one embodiment, the BWP may be exclusively used for positioning measurement BWP.
在一种实施方式中,每一跳对应于一个BWP,例如Hop ID可以等价与BWP ID,每一跳对应的时频窗口的时域位置信息等价于BWP的时域位置信息,每一跳对应的时频窗口的频域位置等价于BWP的频域位置信息。In one implementation, each hop corresponds to a BWP. For example, the Hop ID can be equivalent to the BWP ID. The time domain location information of the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop is equivalent to the time domain location information of the BWP. Each hop ID can be equivalent to the BWP ID. The frequency domain position of the time-frequency window corresponding to the hop is equivalent to the frequency domain position information of the BWP.
在一种实施方式中,每个用于测量PRS的BWP内包含进行PRS测量的时频窗口的配置,当激活BWP切换到对应的BWP时,自动激活该BWP内PRS测量的时频窗口,UE在该BWP内应用对应的时频窗口处理对应的PRS。In one implementation, each BWP used for measuring PRS contains the configuration of the time-frequency window for PRS measurement. When the activated BWP is switched to the corresponding BWP, the time-frequency window for PRS measurement in the BWP is automatically activated. The UE The corresponding time-frequency window is applied within the BWP to process the corresponding PRS.
可选地,所述时频窗口的时域位置信息可以包括持续时间(Duration)、周期、起始时域位置、重复配置中至少一项。Optionally, the time domain location information of the time-frequency window may include at least one of duration, period, starting time domain location, and repeat configuration.
所述持续时间可以用于指示每个时频窗口的时间跨度,所述持续时间也可以用于指示一次跳频测量所占用的时间跨度,所述一次跳频测量所占的时间跨度可以为从一次跳频测量开始的时间到相邻的下一跳的开始之前,或者从一次跳频测量开始的时间到相邻的下一跳的开始的时间之前的第一时间段之前结束,所述第一时间段可以为所述终端的跳频切换时间,所述第一时间段可以由网络侧设备指示、协议预定义或所述终端的能力之一来确定。The duration can be used to indicate the time span of each time-frequency window. The duration can also be used to indicate the time span occupied by one frequency hopping measurement. The time span occupied by one frequency hopping measurement can be from The time from the start of one frequency hopping measurement to the start time of the adjacent next hop ends before the first time period from the time from the start time of one frequency hopping measurement to the start time of the adjacent next hop. A time period may be the frequency hopping switching time of the terminal, and the first time period may be determined by one of network side device instructions, protocol predefinition, or capabilities of the terminal.
在一种实施方式中,多个时频窗口的持续时间可以相同。In one implementation, the durations of multiple time-frequency windows may be the same.
所述周期用于表示该时频窗口出现的周期,在一种实施方式中,多个时频窗口的周期可以相同。The period is used to represent the period in which the time-frequency window appears. In one implementation, the periods of multiple time-frequency windows may be the same.
所述起始时域位置用于表示该时频窗口的时域位置的起始时间,所述时频窗口的起始时域位置的表达方式可以多种多样,可以基于不同的时间单元,例如,可以为起始子帧(subframe)、起始时隙(slot)、起始符号(symbol)或者其它起始时间。The starting time domain position is used to represent the starting time of the time domain position of the time-frequency window. The starting time domain position of the time-frequency window can be expressed in various ways and can be based on different time units, such as , which can be the starting subframe (subframe), starting time slot (slot), starting symbol (symbol) or other starting time.
在一种实施方式中,所述时频窗口的起始时域位置可以为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:In one implementation, the starting time domain position of the time-frequency window may be a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time; wherein the first time domain reference point is At least one of the following:
服务小区的系统帧号0(System frame number 0,SFN0)的时域位置,即该时频窗口的时间基于服务小区的定时; The time domain position of the serving cell's system frame number 0 (SFN0), that is, the time of the time-frequency window is based on the timing of the serving cell;
参考信号时间差(Reference Signal Time Difference,RSTD)参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置,即该时频窗口的时间基于RSTD参考小区的定时;Reference Signal Time Difference (RSTD) refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell, that is, the time of the time-frequency window is based on the timing of the RSTD reference cell;
前一个时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置,例如前一个时频窗口的起始subframe、起始slot、起始符号等;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window, such as the starting subframe, starting slot, starting symbol, etc. of the previous time-frequency window;
起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置,即第一跳对应的时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window, that is, the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the time-frequency window corresponding to the first hop;
定位参考信号的起始时域位置,例如,第一个定位参考信号(或第一个定位参考信号资源、或资源集)的符号、时隙、子帧等所在的时域位置。可选的,第一个定位参考信号可以是某个定位频率层中第一个定位参考信号。The starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal, for example, the time domain position of the symbol, time slot, subframe, etc. of the first positioning reference signal (or first positioning reference signal resource, or resource set). Optionally, the first positioning reference signal may be the first positioning reference signal in a certain positioning frequency layer.
所述绝对时间可以为世界协调时间(Universal Time Coordinated,UTC)。The absolute time may be Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).
需要说明的是,在时频窗口存在多次重复(或存在重复配置)的情况下,时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置可以指每次重复的起始时域位置或结束时域位置,或者指所有重复加起来后的起始时域位置或结束时域位置。例如,前一个时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置,可以为前一个时频窗口的某一次重复的起始时域位置或结束时域位置,也可以指所有重复加起来后所述前一个时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置。It should be noted that when there are multiple repetitions (or repeated configurations) of the time-frequency window, the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the time-frequency window may refer to the starting time domain position or the end of each repetition. Time domain position, or the starting time domain position or the end time domain position after all repetitions are added together. For example, the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window can be the starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of a certain repetition of the previous time-frequency window, or it can refer to the sum of all repetitions. The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window.
在一种实施方式中,每个时频窗口相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同,比如:每个时频窗口相对于前一个时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置的时域偏移量相同。In one implementation, the time domain offset of each time-frequency window relative to the first time-domain reference point is the same, such as: the starting time domain position or end of each time-frequency window relative to the previous time-frequency window. The temporal offset of the temporal position is the same.
在一种实施方式中,相邻时频窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同,也即每个时频窗口等间隔设置,终端可以根据该时间间隔以及第一时域参考点计算每个时频窗口相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量为Y*时间间隔,所述Y和/或时间间隔可以由网络侧设备指示或协议预定义,例如,Y与时频窗口标识相同,则终端可以根据时频窗口标识、起始时频窗口的起始时域位置以及时间间隔计算出除了起始时频窗口外的其它时频窗口的起始时域位置。In one implementation, the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows are the same, that is, each time-frequency window is set at equal intervals. The terminal can calculate each time-domain position based on the time interval and the first time-domain reference point. The time domain offset of the time-frequency window relative to the first time-domain reference point is Y*time interval. The Y and/or time interval can be indicated by the network side device or predefined by the protocol. For example, Y and the time-frequency window identifier If they are the same, the terminal can calculate the starting time domain positions of other time-frequency windows except the starting time-frequency window based on the time-frequency window identifier, the starting time-domain position of the starting time-frequency window, and the time interval.
所述重复配置包括以下至少一项:The repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
重复次数,所述重复次数用于表示在一个时频窗口周期内或者一次跳频周期内,时频窗口的重复次数;The number of repetitions, the number of repetitions is used to represent the number of repetitions of the time-frequency window within a time-frequency window period or a frequency hopping period;
所述时频窗口的相邻重复之间的时间间隔(time gap),即时频窗口的重复期间相邻重复的时频窗口的时间间隔。The time gap between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window is the time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window during the repetition of the frequency window.
需要说明的是,重复的时频窗口具有相同的第一标识,用于测量PRS的相同子带;重复的时频窗口具有相同的持续时间;重复的时频窗口具有相同的周期。It should be noted that the repeated time-frequency windows have the same first identifier and are used to measure the same sub-band of the PRS; the repeated time-frequency windows have the same duration; the repeated time-frequency windows have the same period.
在一种实施方式中,每个时频窗口(即第一标识不同的时频窗口)的重复配置相同。 In one implementation, the repeated configuration of each time-frequency window (that is, the time-frequency window with a different first identifier) is the same.
需要说明的是,上述时域位置信息中的各项内容例如持续时间、周期、起始时域位置等对应的时间单元可以根据实际的需要进行设定,例如subframe、slot、symbol、Ts、Tc、秒(s)、毫秒(ms)、微秒(μs)、纳秒(ns)等。其中,当时间单位为symbol或slot时,关联的子载波间隔(Subcarrier Spacing,SCS)与所述终端当前的BWP一致,或者由网络侧指示。It should be noted that the time units corresponding to various contents in the above time domain position information, such as duration, period, starting time domain position, etc., can be set according to actual needs, such as subframe, slot, symbol, Ts, Tc , seconds (s), milliseconds (ms), microseconds (μs), nanoseconds (ns), etc. When the time unit is symbol or slot, the associated subcarrier spacing (SCS) is consistent with the current BWP of the terminal, or is indicated by the network side.
可选地,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
带宽,所述带宽为所述时频窗口的频域跨度,可以为所述时频窗口对应子带的带宽,在一种实施方式中,每个时频窗口的带宽相同;Bandwidth, the bandwidth is the frequency domain span of the time-frequency window, which may be the bandwidth of the corresponding subband of the time-frequency window. In one implementation, the bandwidth of each time-frequency window is the same;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置的频域间隔,在一种实施方式中,任意两个频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置的频域间隔相同;The frequency domain interval of the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain. In one embodiment, the frequency domain intervals of the starting frequency domain positions of any two adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain are the same;
重叠带宽。Overlap bandwidth.
在一种实施方式中,所述带宽和/或起始频域位置通过联合编码的方式表示,例如资源指标值(resource indicator value,RIV)。In one implementation, the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position is represented by joint coding, such as a resource indicator value (RIV).
在一种实施方式中,所述起始频域位置可以为所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置,例如终端当前测量的定位频率层的起始频域位置,如起始物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)的频域位置。In one implementation, the starting frequency domain position may be the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal, such as the starting frequency domain position of the positioning frequency layer currently measured by the terminal, such as the starting physical resource block ( Physical Resource Block (PRB) frequency domain location.
在另一种实施方式中,所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;In another implementation, the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置,也可以为终端当前测量的定位频率层的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal may also be the starting frequency domain position of the positioning frequency layer currently measured by the terminal;
所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A(Point A)的频域位置,例如终端当前测量的定位频率层的参考点A;The frequency domain position of the reference point A (Point A) corresponding to the positioning reference signal, such as the reference point A of the positioning frequency layer currently measured by the terminal;
所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移(Offset to Point A)的频域位置;The frequency domain position of the offset to Point A of the serving cell;
所述时频窗口对应的BWP的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the BWP corresponding to the time-frequency window;
频域位置最低的时频窗口的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position;
频域位置最高的时频窗口的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the highest frequency domain position;
起始时频窗口的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the time-frequency window adjacent to the frequency domain.
在一种实施方式中,所述Offset to Point A关联的SCS与当前激活的BWP的SCS一致或者与PRS的SCS一致,所述Offset to Point A关联的SCS可以由网络侧设备指示或者协议预定义。 In one implementation, the SCS associated with Offset to Point A is consistent with the SCS of the currently activated BWP or the SCS of the PRS. The SCS associated with Offset to Point A can be indicated by the network side device or predefined by the protocol. .
在一种实施方式中,所述频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔相同。In one implementation, the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain are the same.
在一种实施方式中,所述时频窗口的起始频域位置可以以频域位置最低的时频窗口的起始频域位置为第一频域参考点,以频域间隔为粒度,所述终端可以计算时频窗口的起始频域位置相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量为X*频域间隔,其中,所述X和/或频域间隔可以由网络侧设备指示或协议预定义,例如X与时频窗口标识相同。In one implementation, the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window can be the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position as the first frequency domain reference point, and the frequency domain interval is used as the granularity, so The terminal can calculate the frequency domain offset of the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window relative to the first frequency domain reference point as X*frequency domain interval, where the X and/or frequency domain interval can be determined by the network side device Instructions or protocol predefined, for example, X is the same as the time-frequency window identifier.
在一种实施方式中,频域位置最低的时频窗口的起始频域位置与所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置相同。In one implementation, the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window with the lowest frequency domain position is the same as the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal.
可选地,所述重叠带宽包括:Optionally, the overlapping bandwidth includes:
第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻时频窗口之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
和/或;and / or;
第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻时频窗口之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
在所述终端通过第一信息获取各跳的时频窗口信息的另一种实施方式中,所述时频窗口信息不直接给出各跳对应的时频窗口,所述时频窗口信息包含时域候选窗信息和/或频域候选窗信息;其中,每一跳对应的一个时频窗口由一个时域候选窗和一个频域候选窗至少之一确定。In another embodiment in which the terminal obtains the time-frequency window information of each hop through the first information, the time-frequency window information does not directly provide the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop, and the time-frequency window information includes the time-frequency window information. Domain candidate window information and/or frequency domain candidate window information; wherein a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop is determined by at least one of a time domain candidate window and a frequency domain candidate window.
可选的,时域候选窗数量与跳的数量或子带的数量相同;可选的,频域候选窗数量与跳的数量或子带的数量相同。Optionally, the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of hops or subbands; optionally, the number of frequency domain candidate windows is the same as the number of hops or subbands.
可选的,一个频域候选窗包含连续的PRB。Optionally, a frequency domain candidate window contains consecutive PRBs.
在一种实施方式中,所述时域候选窗信息包括持续时间、周期、起始时域位置、重复配置和第三标识中的至少一项。In one implementation, the time-domain candidate window information includes at least one of duration, period, starting time-domain position, repeat configuration, and third identification.
可选地,时域候选窗信息中包含每个时域候选窗的信息。若不同的时域候选窗对应的一些参数相同(如持续时间、重复配置等等)。在时域候选窗的信息中,可以将多个时域候选窗相同的参数只配置一次(如作为多个时域候选窗的公共配置,表示多个时域候选窗对应的这些参数相同),而将不同的参数(如时域候选窗特定的参数)关联到对应的时域候选窗。Optionally, the time domain candidate window information includes information about each time domain candidate window. If some parameters corresponding to different time domain candidate windows are the same (such as duration, repeat configuration, etc.). In the information of the time domain candidate windows, the same parameters of multiple time domain candidate windows can be configured only once (for example, as a common configuration of multiple time domain candidate windows, it means that these parameters corresponding to multiple time domain candidate windows are the same), And associate different parameters (such as parameters specific to the time domain candidate window) to the corresponding time domain candidate window.
所述第三标识用于标识时域候选窗,在所述时域候选窗的数量为N的情况下,所述第三标识为0~N-1。在一种实施方式中,所述第三标识可以与第一标识相同按照第一排序规则由小到大排列,包括按照所述时域候选窗的时间先后顺序由小到大排列,所述第三标识为0可以表示时间最早的时域候选窗。The third identifier is used to identify the time domain candidate windows. When the number of the time domain candidate windows is N, the third identifier ranges from 0 to N-1. In one implementation, the third identifier may be the same as the first identifier and be arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule, including being arranged from small to large according to the time order of the time domain candidate window. A three flag of 0 can represent the earliest time domain candidate window.
所述时域候选窗的持续时间用于表示每个时域候选窗的时间跨度,也可 以用于指示一次跳频测量所占用的时间跨度。The duration of the time domain candidate window is used to represent the time span of each time domain candidate window, or it can Used to indicate the time span occupied by a frequency hopping measurement.
在一种实施方式中,每个时域候选窗的持续时间相同。In one implementation, the duration of each temporal candidate window is the same.
所述周期用于表示该时域候选窗的周期,在一种实施方式中,每个时域候选窗的周期可以相同。The period is used to represent the period of the time domain candidate window. In one implementation, the period of each time domain candidate window may be the same.
在一种实施方式中,所述时域候选窗的起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;In one implementation, the starting time domain position of the time domain candidate window is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
前一个时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time domain candidate window;
起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
定位参考信号的起始时域位置。Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
在一种实施方式中,每个时域候选窗的相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同。In one implementation, the time domain offset of each time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
在一种实施方式中,相邻时域候选窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同。可选的,该时间间隔可以由网络指示、协议约定、终端选择至少一种方式确定。In one implementation, the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time domain candidate windows are the same. Optionally, the time interval may be determined by at least one method such as network instructions, protocol agreement, and terminal selection.
在一种实施方式中,所述重复配置包括以下至少一项:In one embodiment, the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
重复次数;repeat times;
所述时频窗口对应的时域候选窗的相邻重复之间的时间间隔。The time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time domain candidate window corresponding to the time-frequency window.
所述时域候选窗信息包括持续时间、周期、起始时域位置、重复配置与上述实施例中时频窗口的时域位置信息中的内容相同或相似,重复部分此处不再赘述。The time-domain candidate window information includes duration, period, starting time-domain position, and repeat configuration, which are the same as or similar to the content of the time-domain position information of the time-frequency window in the above embodiment, and the repeated parts will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,所述起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗,又可以称为起始时域候选窗。It should be noted that the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window can also be called the starting time domain candidate window.
可选地,所述频域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
带宽,所述带宽为所述频域候选窗的频域跨度,可以为所述频域候选窗对应子带的带宽,在一种实施方式中,每个频域候选窗的带宽相同;Bandwidth, the bandwidth is the frequency domain span of the frequency domain candidate window, which may be the bandwidth of the corresponding subband of the frequency domain candidate window. In one implementation, the bandwidth of each frequency domain candidate window is the same;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent frequency domain candidate windows;
重叠带宽;Overlap bandwidth;
与所述频域候选窗对应的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
第四标识,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A fourth identifier, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第一跳频顺序,用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序; The first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
起始频域候选窗指示,用于指示起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗。The starting frequency domain candidate window indication is used to indicate the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window.
在一种实施方式中,所述带宽和/或起始频域位置通过联合编码的方式表示。In one implementation, the bandwidth and/or the starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
在一种实施方式中,所述起始频域位置为所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置,例如UE当前测量的定位频率层的起始频域位置,如起始物理资源块的频域位置。In one implementation, the starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal, for example, the starting frequency domain position of the positioning frequency layer currently measured by the UE, such as the starting frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block. domain location.
在另一种实施方式中,所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;In another implementation, the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置,例如当前测量的定位频率层的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal, such as the starting frequency domain position of the currently measured positioning frequency layer;
所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置,例如当前测量的定位频率层的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of the reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal, such as the frequency domain position of the reference point A of the currently measured positioning frequency layer;
所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
所述频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window;
频域位置最低的频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
频域位置最高的频域候选窗的起始频域位置The starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position
起始频域候选窗的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the starting frequency domain candidate window;
频域相邻的频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window adjacent to the frequency domain.
在一种实施方式中,所述频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔相同。In one implementation, the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
需要说明的是,所述起始频域候选窗为起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗。It should be noted that the starting frequency domain candidate window is a frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window.
在一种实施方式中,所述频域候选窗的起始频域位置可以以频域位置最低的频域候选窗的起始频域位置为第一频域参考点,以频域间隔为粒度,所述终端可以计算各频域候选窗的起始频域位置相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量为M*频域间隔,所述M和/或频域间隔可以由网络侧设备指示或协议预定义,例如M与频域候选窗标识相同。In one implementation, the starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window can be the starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position as the first frequency domain reference point, and the frequency domain interval as the granularity , the terminal can calculate the frequency domain offset of the starting frequency domain position of each frequency domain candidate window relative to the first frequency domain reference point as M*frequency domain interval, and the M and/or frequency domain interval can be determined by the network Side device indication or protocol pre-definition, for example, M is the same as the frequency domain candidate window identifier.
在一种实施方式中,所述频域候选窗的重叠带宽包括:In one implementation, the overlapping bandwidth of the frequency domain candidate window includes:
第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
和/或;and / or;
第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
所述频域候选窗信息包括的带宽、起始频域位置、频域相邻的频域候选 窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔、重叠带宽与上述实施例中时频窗口的频域位置信息中的对应部分相同或相似,重复部分此处不再赘述。The frequency domain candidate window information includes bandwidth, starting frequency domain position, frequency domain adjacent frequency domain candidates The frequency domain interval and overlap bandwidth between the starting frequency domain positions of the window are the same as or similar to the corresponding parts in the frequency domain position information of the time-frequency window in the above embodiment, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
所述第四标识用于标识频域候选窗,在所述频域候选窗的数量为N个情况下,所述第四标识为0~N-1。在一种实施方式中,所述第四标识按照所述频域候选窗频域位置由低到高的顺序由小到大排列。所述第四标识为0表示频域位置最低的频域候选窗。The fourth identifier is used to identify frequency domain candidate windows. When the number of frequency domain candidate windows is N, the fourth identifier ranges from 0 to N-1. In one implementation, the fourth identifiers are arranged from small to large in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows from low to high. The fourth identifier of 0 indicates the frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position.
在一种实施方式中,所述频域候选窗信息由所述终端根据所述第四标识从预配置或预定义的频域候选窗信息集中确定。比如预配置或预定义了多个频域候选窗,根据网络指示的至少一个第四标识,终端可以确定在跳频测量时应用的至少一个频域候选窗。In one implementation, the frequency domain candidate window information is determined by the terminal from a preconfigured or predefined frequency domain candidate window information set according to the fourth identifier. For example, if multiple frequency domain candidate windows are preconfigured or predefined, the terminal can determine at least one frequency domain candidate window to be applied during frequency hopping measurement according to at least one fourth identifier indicated by the network.
一个频域候选窗组成的时频窗口用于测量PRS的一段子带,在一种实施方式中,所述第四标识与对应的子带的标识相同。A time-frequency window composed of a frequency domain candidate window is used to measure a sub-band of the PRS. In one implementation, the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding sub-band.
可选地,频域候选窗信息中包含每个频域候选窗的信息。若不同的频域候选窗对应的一些参数相同(如持续时间、重复配置等等)。在频域候选窗的信息中,可以将多个频域候选窗相同的参数只配置一次(如作为多个频域候选窗的公共配置,表示多个频域候选窗对应的这些参数相同),而将不同的参数(如频域候选窗特定的参数)关联到对应的频域候选窗。Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window information includes information about each frequency domain candidate window. If some parameters corresponding to different frequency domain candidate windows are the same (such as duration, repeat configuration, etc.). In the information of frequency domain candidate windows, the same parameters of multiple frequency domain candidate windows can be configured only once (for example, as a common configuration of multiple frequency domain candidate windows, it means that these parameters corresponding to multiple frequency domain candidate windows are the same), And associate different parameters (such as parameters specific to the frequency domain candidate window) to the corresponding frequency domain candidate window.
在一种实施方式中,一个频域候选窗对应于一个BWP,所述BWP可以专门用于定位测量的BWP。In one embodiment, one frequency domain candidate window corresponds to one BWP, which may be specifically used to locate the measured BWP.
在一种实施方式中,每个频域候选窗的频域位置与对应的BWP的频域位置相同,相应地,每个频域候选窗的第四标识与对应的BWP的第二标识相同,所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序为BWP的切换顺序,频域候选窗的起始频域位置与对应的BWP的起始频域位置相同。In one implementation, the frequency domain position of each frequency domain candidate window is the same as the frequency domain position of the corresponding BWP. Correspondingly, the fourth identifier of each frequency domain candidate window is the same as the second identifier of the corresponding BWP, The frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window is the switching sequence of the BWP, and the starting frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is the same as the starting frequency domain position of the corresponding BWP.
在一种实施方式中,每个用于测量PRS的BWP内包含进行PRS测量的频域窗口的配置,在切换到该BWP后,自动激活该BWP内PRS测量的时频窗口,终端基于该时频窗口对PRS进行测量。In one implementation, each BWP used for measuring PRS contains the configuration of the frequency domain window for PRS measurement. After switching to the BWP, the time-frequency window for PRS measurement in the BWP is automatically activated. The terminal is based on this time. Frequency window to measure PRS.
在一种实施方式中,所述时域候选窗的数量与所述频域候选窗的数量相同。In one implementation, the number of the time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of the frequency domain candidate windows.
所述终端可根据所述第一跳频序列确定跳频测量中各跳对应的时频窗口的频域候选窗,所述第一跳频顺序由以下至少一项确定:The terminal may determine the frequency domain candidate window of the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop in the frequency hopping measurement according to the first frequency hopping sequence, and the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
相邻频域候选窗的第四标识;The fourth identifier of the adjacent frequency domain candidate window;
所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序列表;The frequency hopping order list of the frequency domain candidate window;
协议预定义。Protocol predefined.
在一种实施方式中,所述第一跳频序列可以基于指示的当前频域候选窗的前一个频域候选窗的第四标识和/或后一个频域候选窗的第四标识来确定。 其中,前一个频域候选窗的第四标识用于指示从哪个频域候选窗跳到当前频域候选窗;后一个频域候选窗的第四标识用于指示从当前频域候选窗跳到哪一个频域候选窗。可选的,可以为每个频域候选窗分别配置对应的相邻频域候选窗的第四标识。In one implementation, the first frequency hopping sequence may be determined based on a fourth identifier of a previous frequency domain candidate window and/or a fourth identifier of a subsequent frequency domain candidate window of the indicated current frequency domain candidate window. Among them, the fourth identifier of the previous frequency domain candidate window is used to indicate which frequency domain candidate window to jump from to the current frequency domain candidate window; the fourth identifier of the subsequent frequency domain candidate window is used to indicate which frequency domain candidate window to jump from. Which frequency domain candidate window. Optionally, each frequency domain candidate window may be configured with a corresponding fourth identifier of an adjacent frequency domain candidate window.
在另一种实施方式中,所述第一跳频序列可基于频域候选窗的跳频顺序列表指示确定。所述跳频顺序列表具体可以为第四标识的ID列表(list),所述ID list中第四标识的顺序即为跳频测量期间各时频窗口对应的频域候选窗的跳频顺序。可选的,该ID list的长度为跳的数量或子带的数量。所述跳频顺序列表还可以为与各频域候选窗对应的信息单元顺序排列,根据排列顺序确定第一跳频序列。In another implementation manner, the first frequency hopping sequence may be determined based on a frequency hopping order list indication of the frequency domain candidate window. The frequency hopping sequence list may specifically be an ID list (list) of fourth identifiers, and the order of the fourth identifiers in the ID list is the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate windows corresponding to each time-frequency window during the frequency hopping measurement. Optionally, the length of the ID list is the number of hops or the number of subbands. The frequency hopping order list may also be a sequential arrangement of information units corresponding to each frequency domain candidate window, and the first frequency hopping sequence is determined according to the arrangement order.
在另一种实施方式中,所述第一跳频序列可以基于协议预定义来确定。In another implementation manner, the first frequency hopping sequence may be determined based on protocol predefinition.
可选地,所述协议预定义基于以下至少一项确定所述第一跳频顺序:Optionally, the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
频域候选窗的数量,协议预定义了在不同频域候选窗的数量下的跳频顺序;The number of frequency domain candidate windows. The protocol predefines the frequency hopping order under different numbers of frequency domain candidate windows;
频域候选窗的频域位置高低顺序,例如按照频域位置由低到高的顺序或由高到低的顺序。The frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows are in high and low order, for example, in the order of frequency domain positions from low to high or from high to low.
其中,在频域候选窗的数量、时域候选窗的数量和时频窗口的数量相同的情况下,所述频域候选窗的数量还可以通过时域候选窗的数量,或者时频窗口的数量指示确定或替换表示。Wherein, when the number of frequency domain candidate windows, the number of time domain candidate windows and the number of time-frequency windows are the same, the number of frequency domain candidate windows can also be determined by the number of time domain candidate windows, or the number of time-frequency windows. Quantity indicates confirmation or replacement expression.
需要说明的是,所述第一跳频顺序为相对跳频顺序或绝对跳频顺序。It should be noted that the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
其中,绝对跳频顺序,次序为1的频域候选窗表示终端起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗;相对跳频顺序,次序为1的频域候选窗并不代表起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗,而跳频测量可以从任意频域候选窗对应的时频窗口开始,随后按照跳频顺序进行跳频。或者,根据相对跳频顺序,终端可以获得频域候选位置前一个或后一个的频域候选位置。Among them, in the absolute frequency hopping order, the frequency domain candidate window with order 1 represents the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the terminal's starting time-frequency window; with respect to the frequency hopping order, the frequency domain candidate window with order 1 does not represent the starting time-frequency window. The corresponding frequency domain candidate window, and the frequency hopping measurement can start from the time-frequency window corresponding to any frequency domain candidate window, and then perform frequency hopping according to the frequency hopping sequence. Alternatively, according to the relative frequency hopping order, the terminal can obtain the frequency domain candidate position before or after the frequency domain candidate position.
需要说明的是,所述起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗,又可以称为起始频域候选窗。It should be noted that the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window can also be called the starting frequency domain candidate window.
在第一跳频顺序为相对跳频顺序时,频域候选窗的跳频顺序可以为循环的顺序。例如,4个频域候选窗,跳频顺序对应的频域候选窗的标识序列为{0,2,3,1},那么若终端从标识为3的频域候选窗开始跳频,实际跳频顺序为{3,1,0,2};若终端从标识为1的频域候选窗开始跳频,实际跳频顺序为{1,0,2,3}。When the first frequency hopping order is a relative frequency hopping order, the frequency hopping order of the frequency domain candidate window may be a cyclic order. For example, there are four frequency domain candidate windows, and the identification sequence of the frequency domain candidate windows corresponding to the frequency hopping sequence is {0, 2, 3, 1}. Then if the terminal starts frequency hopping from the frequency domain candidate window identified as 3, the actual hop The frequency hopping sequence is {3, 1, 0, 2}; if the terminal starts frequency hopping from the frequency domain candidate window identified as 1, the actual frequency hopping sequence is {1, 0, 2, 3}.
在一种实施方式中,所述第一跳频顺序为相对跳频顺序,所述相对跳频顺序等效于指示各频率候选窗的标识相对于起始频域候选窗的标识的偏移量(或者说,相对跳频顺序中各跳的频域位置为相对于起始频域候选窗频域位 置的偏移)。比如:频域候选窗数目为N,第一跳频顺序对应的频域候选窗的标识序列为{ID list},起始频域候选窗标识为a,那么实际跳频顺序为(a+{ID list})mod N;若起始频域候选窗标识为2,第一跳频顺序对应的频域候选窗的标识序列为{0,1,2,3},那么实际跳频顺序为{2+(0,1,2,3)}mod 4,即{2,3,0,1}。或者,第一跳频顺序对应的频域候选窗的标识序列为{ID list},表示各跳的频域候选窗的频域位置相对于起始频域候选窗的频域位置为{ID list}*B,B表示频域位置相邻的频域候选窗的频域位置的偏移;若起始频域候选窗标识为a,那么实际跳频顺序对应的频域位置偏移为((a+{ID list})mod N)*B,实际频域候选窗标识顺序为(a+{ID list})mod N。In one implementation, the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence, and the relative frequency hopping sequence is equivalent to indicating an offset of the identifier of each frequency candidate window relative to the identifier of the starting frequency domain candidate window. (In other words, the frequency domain position of each hop in the relative frequency hopping sequence is the frequency domain position relative to the starting frequency domain candidate window. offset). For example: the number of frequency domain candidate windows is N, the identification sequence of the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the first frequency hopping sequence is {ID list}, and the starting frequency domain candidate window identification is a, then the actual frequency hopping sequence is (a+{ID list}) mod N; If the starting frequency domain candidate window identifier is 2, and the identifier sequence of the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the first frequency hopping sequence is {0,1,2,3}, then the actual frequency hopping sequence is {2 +(0,1,2,3)}mod 4, that is {2,3,0,1}. Alternatively, the identification sequence of the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the first frequency hopping sequence is {ID list}, indicating that the frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window of each hop relative to the frequency domain position of the starting frequency domain candidate window is {ID list }*B, B represents the frequency domain position offset of the frequency domain candidate window adjacent to the frequency domain position; if the starting frequency domain candidate window is identified as a, then the frequency domain position offset corresponding to the actual frequency hopping sequence is (( a+{ID list})mod N)*B, the actual frequency domain candidate window identification sequence is (a+{ID list})mod N.
起始频域候选窗用于表示终端从该频域候选窗开始进行跳频。可选的,通过频域候选窗标识指示。The starting frequency domain candidate window is used to indicate that the terminal starts frequency hopping from this frequency domain candidate window. Optionally, indicate through the frequency domain candidate window identifier.
在一种实施方式中,在所述终端通过第一信息获取各跳的时频窗口信息中包括频域候选窗信息的情况下,起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗为与第一部分带宽的频域位置最接近的频域候选窗,所述第一部分带宽为激活(active)的下行部分带宽(DonwLink BandWidth Part,DL BWP)。In one embodiment, when the time-frequency window information of each hop obtained by the terminal through the first information includes frequency domain candidate window information, the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is the same as the first part of the bandwidth. The frequency domain candidate window with the closest frequency domain position, the first part of the bandwidth is the active downlink part bandwidth (DonwLink BandWidth Part, DL BWP).
需要说明的是,所述起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗,又可以称为起始时域候选窗。It should be noted that the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window can also be called the starting time domain candidate window.
与第一部分带宽的频域位置最近的频域候选窗的确定方式可以多种多样,在一种实施方式中可以基于以下条件进行判断:The frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth can be determined in various ways. In one implementation, the determination can be based on the following conditions:
A1.从与第一部分带宽有重叠的频域候选窗中选择,将与第一部分带宽重叠范围最大的频域候选窗作为与第一部分带宽的频域位置最近的频域候选窗;A1. Select from the frequency domain candidate windows that overlap with the first part of the bandwidth, and use the frequency domain candidate window with the largest overlap range with the first part of the bandwidth as the frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth;
A2.若根据A1选出的频域候选窗为多个,则可以从选出的多个频域候选窗中随机选择1个,或者从选出的多个频域候选窗中选择频域位置最低或最高的频域候选窗作为与第一部分带宽的频域位置最近的频域候选窗;A2. If there are multiple frequency domain candidate windows selected based on A1, you can randomly select one from the multiple selected frequency domain candidate windows, or select a frequency domain position from the multiple selected frequency domain candidate windows. The lowest or highest frequency domain candidate window is used as the frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth;
A3.若根据A1没有选出频域候选窗,则选择频域候选窗中心频点与第一部分带宽的中心频点最接近的作为与第一部分带宽的频域位置最近的频域候选窗;A3. If no frequency domain candidate window is selected based on A1, select the frequency domain candidate window whose center frequency point is closest to the center frequency point of the first part of the bandwidth as the frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth;
A4.若根据A3选出的频域候选窗为多个,则可以从选出的多个频域候选窗中随机选择1个,或者从选出的多个频域候选窗中选择频域位置最低或最高的频域候选窗作为与第一部分带宽的频域位置最近的频域候选窗。A4. If there are multiple frequency domain candidate windows selected according to A3, you can randomly select one from the multiple selected frequency domain candidate windows, or select a frequency domain position from the multiple selected frequency domain candidate windows. The lowest or highest frequency domain candidate window is used as the frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth.
在一种实施方式中,在所述终端通过第一信息获取各跳的时频窗口信息中包括频域候选窗信息和时域候选窗信息的情况下,可以不同的时域候选窗选择对应的频域候选窗来确定时频窗口进行跳频测量,所述频域候选窗的选择与跳频测量时的时域位置有关。其中,所述跳频测量的时域位置由以下至 少之一确定:时域候选窗、跳频测量的时域位置所对应的符号/时隙/子帧/帧(frame)/无线帧(radio frame)、重复配置、周期等等。In one implementation, when the time-frequency window information of each hop obtained by the terminal through the first information includes frequency domain candidate window information and time domain candidate window information, the corresponding time domain candidate window can be selected using different time domain candidate windows. The frequency domain candidate window is used to determine the time-frequency window for frequency hopping measurement, and the selection of the frequency domain candidate window is related to the time domain position during frequency hopping measurement. Wherein, the time domain position of the frequency hopping measurement is from the following to Determine one of the following: the time domain candidate window, the symbol/slot/subframe/frame/radio frame corresponding to the time domain position of the frequency hopping measurement, repeated configuration, period, etc.
在一种实施方式中,所述频域候选窗可以根据跳频测量时的时域位置计算获得,例如,根据时域候选窗的第三标识确定频域候选窗的第四标识。In one implementation, the frequency domain candidate window can be calculated based on the time domain position during frequency hopping measurement. For example, the fourth identifier of the frequency domain candidate window is determined according to the third identifier of the time domain candidate window.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例分别通过获取跳频测量期间各跳对应的时频窗口,或者根据获取到的时域候选窗和/或频域候选窗来确定跳频测量期间各跳对应的时频窗口,从而可以灵活得对时频窗口进行配置,并在每个时频窗口对定位参考信号进行测量,提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application determine the frequency hopping measurement period by obtaining the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop during the frequency hopping measurement period, or based on the obtained time domain candidate window and/or frequency domain candidate window. The time-frequency window corresponding to each hop allows the time-frequency window to be configured flexibly, and the positioning reference signal is measured in each time-frequency window, which increases the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,在获取第一信息之后,所述终端还需要接收与第一信息对应的激活信息来确定各跳对应的时频窗口。所述激活指示可以由无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信息、媒体接入控制单元(Medium Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)或下行控制信息(DownLink Control Information,DCI)等携带。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, after obtaining the first information, the terminal also needs to receive activation information corresponding to the first information to determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop. The activation indication may be carried by Radio Resource Control (RRC) information, Medium Access Control Element (MAC CE) or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
在一种实施方式中,在所述时频窗口信息包括各跳对应的时频窗口的情况下,在获取第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:In one implementation, when the time-frequency window information includes the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop, after obtaining the first information, the method further includes:
所述终端获取第一激活信息,所述第一激活信息用于指示激活的时频窗口,和/或指示所述终端在激活的时频窗口进行跳频测量。The terminal acquires first activation information. The first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or instructs the terminal to perform frequency hopping measurement in the activated time-frequency window.
可选地,所述第一激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
跳频激活指示;Frequency hopping activation indication;
激活的时频窗口列表(如Hop list);Activated time-frequency window list (such as Hop list);
起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of activated time-frequency windows.
所述跳频激活指示可以表示是否激活所述终端的跳频测量和/或所有预配置或预定义的时频窗口。The frequency hopping activation indication may indicate whether to activate frequency hopping measurement of the terminal and/or all preconfigured or predefined time-frequency windows.
在一种实施方式中,在所述第一激活信息包括跳频激活指示情况下,所述终端激活所述跳频测量和/或所有激活预配置或预定义的时频窗口。In one embodiment, if the first activation information includes a frequency hopping activation indication, the terminal activates the frequency hopping measurement and/or activates all preconfigured or predefined time-frequency windows.
所述激活的时频窗口列表可用于表示激活的至少一个时频窗口,终端可以根据所述时频窗口列表在激活的多个时频窗口之间进行跳频测量,并对PRS进行测量。The activated time-frequency window list can be used to represent at least one activated time-frequency window. The terminal can perform frequency hopping measurements between multiple activated time-frequency windows according to the time-frequency window list and measure the PRS.
所述起始时频窗口的第一标识用于表示跳频测量开始时的起始时频窗口。The first identifier of the starting time-frequency window is used to indicate the starting time-frequency window when frequency hopping measurement starts.
激活的时频窗口的数量用于表示终端进行跳频测量期间跳的数量,或者实际使用的时频窗口的数量。The number of activated time-frequency windows is used to indicate the number of hops during frequency hopping measurement by the terminal, or the number of actually used time-frequency windows.
在一种实施方式中,在所述第一激活信息仅包括激活的时频窗口数量,则可以从第一标识为0的时频窗口开始,根据第一标识的跳频顺序,连续进 行激活的时频窗口数量的跳频测量。In one implementation, when the first activation information only includes the number of activated time-frequency windows, then the time-frequency window may be started from the first time-frequency window identified as 0, and the frequency hopping sequence may be continued according to the frequency hopping sequence of the first identification. Frequency hopping measurement of the number of time-frequency windows activated.
在另一种实施方式中,在所述第一激活信息包括起始时频窗口和激活的时频窗口的数量的情况下,可以从起始时频窗口开始,连续进行激活的时频窗口数量的跳频测量。In another embodiment, in the case where the first activation information includes a starting time-frequency window and the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-frequency windows may be continued starting from the starting time-frequency window. Frequency hopping measurement.
在另一种实施方式中,所述第一激活信息还可以通过起始时频窗口的第一标识和结束时频窗口的第一标识来确定各跳的时频窗口。In another implementation manner, the first activation information may also determine the time-frequency window of each hop through the first identifier of the starting time-frequency window and the first identifier of the ending time-frequency window.
在另一种实施方式中,在所述时频窗口信息包括信时域候选信息和/或频域候选窗信息的情况下,在获取第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:In another implementation, in the case where the time-frequency window information includes time domain candidate information and/or frequency domain candidate window information, after obtaining the first information, the method further includes:
所述终端获取第二激活信息,所述第二激活信息用于向所述终端指示各跳对应的时频窗口;The terminal obtains second activation information, and the second activation information is used to indicate to the terminal the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop;
所述终端根据所述第二激活信息确定各跳对应的时频窗口,即根据第二激活信息指示的跳频顺序确定跳频测量各跳对应的时频窗口。The terminal determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop according to the second activation information, that is, determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop in the frequency hopping measurement according to the frequency hopping sequence indicated by the second activation information.
可选地,所述第二激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗;The frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗;The time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量;The number of activated time-frequency windows;
第二跳频顺序,所述第二跳频顺序用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;A second frequency hopping sequence, the second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
激活的时域候选窗列表;List of activated time domain candidate windows;
激活的频域候选窗列表。List of activated frequency domain candidate windows.
所述第二激活信息可以包括第一频域候选窗的第四标识,所述终端根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一频域候选窗的第四标识指示确定起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗,开始执行跳频测量。在一种实施方式中,可以默认激活全部的频域候选窗,所述终端可以以所述起始频域候选窗为起点,在全部的频域候选窗之间进行跳频测量,例如,所述终端可以根据所述第二激活信息确定的起始时频窗口的频域候选窗,再结合网络侧设备指示或者协议预定义的跳频顺序,确定跳频测量期间实际的跳频顺序。The second activation information may include a fourth identification of the first frequency domain candidate window, and the terminal determines the starting time-frequency window corresponding to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information. Frequency domain candidate window, start performing frequency hopping measurements. In one implementation, all frequency domain candidate windows can be activated by default. The terminal can use the starting frequency domain candidate window as a starting point to perform frequency hopping measurements between all frequency domain candidate windows. For example, The terminal may determine the actual frequency hopping sequence during the frequency hopping measurement based on the frequency domain candidate window of the starting time-frequency window determined by the second activation information, combined with the network side device instructions or the frequency hopping sequence predefined by the protocol.
所述第二激活信息可以包括第一时域候选窗的第三标识,所述终端根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一时域候选窗的第三标识指示确定起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗,开始执行跳频测量。在一种实施方式中,可以默认激活全部的时域候选窗。The second activation information may include a third identification of the first time domain candidate window, and the terminal determines the starting time-frequency window corresponding to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information. Frequency domain candidate window, start performing frequency hopping measurements. In one implementation, all temporal candidate windows may be activated by default.
在一种实施方式中,所述激活的时频窗口的数量、激活的时域候选窗数量和激活的频域候选窗数量相同。In one implementation, the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
在一种实施方式中,在所述第二激活信息不包括激活的时频窗口的数量的指示信息时,可以默认激活全部的时域候选窗和/或全部的频域候选窗。In one implementation, when the second activation information does not include indication information of the number of activated time-frequency windows, all time domain candidate windows and/or all frequency domain candidate windows may be activated by default.
在一种实施方式中,在所述第二激活信息包括激活的时频窗口的数量的 情况下,所述终端可以基于第二激活信息中或预配置或协议预定义的起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗和/或频域候选窗,从起始时频窗口开始,再结合网络侧设备指示或者协议预定义的跳频顺序和激活的时频窗口的数量,执行跳频测量。In one embodiment, the second activation information includes the number of activated time-frequency windows. In this case, the terminal may start from the starting time-frequency window based on the time domain candidate window and/or the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time and frequency window in the second activation information or preconfigured or predefined by the protocol, and then combine Perform frequency hopping measurements according to the frequency hopping sequence and the number of activated time-frequency windows indicated by the network side device or predefined by the protocol.
所述第二跳频顺序可用于指示频域候选窗的跳频顺序和/或对应BWP的切换顺序。The second frequency hopping order may be used to indicate the frequency hopping order of the frequency domain candidate window and/or the switching order of the corresponding BWP.
可选地,所述第二跳频顺序包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
第四标识的列表,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识,可以基于所述第四标识的列表确定频域候选窗的跳频顺序;A list of fourth identifiers, where the fourth identifier is an identifier of the frequency domain candidate window, and the frequency hopping order of the frequency domain candidate window can be determined based on the list of fourth identifiers;
第二标识的列表,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识,可以基于所述第二标识的列表确定BWP的切换顺序。A list of second identifiers, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of a partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located, and the BWP switching sequence can be determined based on the list of second identifiers.
在一种实施方式中,所述第四标识的列表中默认为包括全部频域候选窗的第四标识,即所述第二跳频顺序指示的频域候选窗的跳频顺序默认包括全部频域候选窗。In one embodiment, the list of fourth identifiers includes fourth identifiers of all frequency domain candidate windows by default, that is, the frequency hopping order of the frequency domain candidate windows indicated by the second frequency hopping sequence includes all frequency domain candidates by default. Domain candidate window.
在一种实施方式中,在所述第二激活信息指示激活的时域候选窗列表和/或激活的频域候选窗列表的情况下,所述终端根据所述第二激活信息确定各跳对应的时频窗口包括:In one embodiment, when the second activation information indicates an activated time domain candidate window list and/or an activated frequency domain candidate window list, the terminal determines the corresponding hops according to the second activation information. The time-frequency window includes:
所述终端根据激活的时域候选窗列表和/或激活的频域候选窗列表确定各跳对应的时频窗口。The terminal determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop according to the activated time domain candidate window list and/or the activated frequency domain candidate window list.
所述激活的时域候选窗列表可以为时域候选窗的第三标识的列表,所述时域候选窗的列表包括至少一个时域候选窗,所述时域候选窗列表中的排列顺序即为跳频测量中各跳对应的时频窗口对应时域候选窗的顺序。可选的,该时域候选窗列表只包含一个频域候选窗时,只激活一个时域候选窗。The activated time domain candidate window list may be a list of third identifiers of time domain candidate windows, the list of time domain candidate windows includes at least one time domain candidate window, and the order in the time domain candidate window list is It is the order of the time domain candidate windows corresponding to the time-frequency windows corresponding to each hop in the frequency hopping measurement. Optionally, when the time domain candidate window list only contains one frequency domain candidate window, only one time domain candidate window is activated.
所述激活的频域候选窗列表可以为频域候选窗的第四标识的列表,所述频域候选窗的列表包括至少一个频域候选窗,所述频域候选窗列表中的排列顺序即为跳频测量中各跳对应的时频窗口对应频域候选窗的顺序。可选的,该频域候选窗列表只包含一个频域候选窗时,只激活一个频域候选窗。The activated frequency domain candidate window list may be a list of fourth identifiers of frequency domain candidate windows. The list of frequency domain candidate windows includes at least one frequency domain candidate window. The order in the frequency domain candidate window list is It is the order of the frequency domain candidate windows corresponding to the time-frequency windows corresponding to each hop in the frequency hopping measurement. Optionally, when the frequency domain candidate window list only contains one frequency domain candidate window, only one frequency domain candidate window is activated.
在一种实施方式中,所述时域候选窗列表中激活的时域候选窗的数量与频域候选窗列表中激活的频域候选窗的数量相同。In one implementation, the number of activated time domain candidate windows in the time domain candidate window list is the same as the number of activated frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain candidate window list.
由述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例在获取第一信息后,可以根据与第一信息对应的激活信息来确定各跳对应的时频窗口,从而可以更加灵活得对时频窗口进行配置,提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that after obtaining the first information, the embodiments of the present application can determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop based on the activation information corresponding to the first information, so that the time-frequency window can be more flexibly processed. configuration, improves the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述第一信息还包括测量指示信息,所述测量指示信息包括以下至少一项: Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the first information also includes measurement indication information, and the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
跳频指示,用于指示使用终端通过跳频的方式进行定位参考信号的测量;Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the terminal to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping;
联合处理指示,用于指示得到所述多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
所述跳频指示具体可以为跳频使能标识(Frequency Hopping),用于指示终端通过跳频的方式对PRS进行测量。若所述第一信息包括所述跳频指示对应的信元(Information Element,IE),则终端通过跳频方式对PRS进行测量;若不存在,则使用其它方式进行测量,例如默认在active DL BWP内或通过测量间隔(measurement gap)测量PRS。The frequency hopping indication may specifically be a frequency hopping enablement flag (Frequency Hopping), which is used to instruct the terminal to measure the PRS through frequency hopping. If the first information includes the Information Element (IE) corresponding to the frequency hopping indication, the terminal measures the PRS through frequency hopping; if it does not exist, other methods are used for measurement, such as in active DL by default. PRS is measured within the BWP or across measurement gaps.
所述联合处理指示具体可以为联合处理使能标识,用于指示终端通过联合处理的方式得到测量结果。若所述第一信息存在与联合处理指示对应的IE,则终端通过联合处理的方式对各时频窗口的测量结果进行联合处理;若不存在,则分别获取各时频窗口对应的测量结果。The joint processing indication may specifically be a joint processing enable flag, which is used to instruct the terminal to obtain measurement results through joint processing. If the IE corresponding to the joint processing indication exists in the first information, the terminal performs joint processing on the measurement results of each time-frequency window through joint processing; if not, the terminal obtains the measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window respectively.
可选的,若终端通过跳频的方式测量定位参考信号,终端默认通过联合处理多个子带的方式获得定位测量结果。Optionally, if the terminal measures the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping, the terminal obtains the positioning measurement result by jointly processing multiple subbands by default.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例所述第一信息还可以包括测量指示信息来指示终端是否进行跳频测量和联合处理,从而使终端能够适用于更多的应用场景。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether the terminal performs frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby enabling the terminal to be applicable to more application scenarios.
基于上述实施例,本申请实施还提供了在终端在进行跳频测量期间的切换规则和碰撞规则,所述切换规则和碰撞规则可以通过第一信息指示,也可以由网络侧设备指示、协议预定义、终端选择等方式之一来确定。Based on the above embodiments, the implementation of this application also provides switching rules and collision rules during the terminal's frequency hopping measurement. The switching rules and collision rules can be indicated by the first information, or can be indicated by the network side device or protocol preset. Define, terminal selection, etc. to determine.
在一种实施方式中,时域相邻两跳的时频窗口之间的时间间隔不小于第一时间段,所述第一时间段为跳频切换时间。在所述时频窗口由时域候选窗和频域候选窗确定的情况下,所述时域候选窗的时间间隔也不得小于第一时间段。所述第一时间段可以由网络侧设备指示、协议预定义或终端能力之一确定。In one implementation, the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time. In the case where the time-frequency window is determined by a time domain candidate window and a frequency domain candidate window, the time interval of the time domain candidate window must not be less than the first time period. The first time period may be determined by one of network side device instructions, protocol predefinition, or terminal capabilities.
在一种实施方式中,在所述终端进行跳频切换期间,所述终端不接收下行(DownLink,DL)信号或处理下行信道,和/或,所述终端不传输上行(UpLink,UL)信号或上行信道。In one embodiment, during frequency hopping switching of the terminal, the terminal does not receive downlink (DL) signals or process downlink channels, and/or the terminal does not transmit uplink (UpLink, UL) signals. or uplink channel.
所述跳频切换期间可以为上述实施例中的第一时间段,也即每跳对应的时频窗口开始前的第一时间段。The frequency hopping switching period may be the first time period in the above embodiment, that is, the first time period before the start of the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
若所述终端在任一时频窗口内PRS与目标通信行为传输的信号和/或信道发生重叠或碰撞,所述目标通信行为可以包括接收下行信号和/或下行信道,传输上行信号和/或上行信道中的至少一项,则所述终端不被期望(UE is not expected to)测量PRS,在一种实施方式中,在所述终端进行定位参考信号测量期间不被期望执行目标通信行为,例如不被期望接收其他下行信号和/或下行信道,或者,不被期望传输上行信号和/或上行信道;在另一种实施方 式中,在所述终端执行目标通信行为期间不被期望进行定位参考信号的测量。If the terminal's PRS overlaps or collides with the signals and/or channels transmitted by the target communication behavior within any time-frequency window, the target communication behavior may include receiving downlink signals and/or downlink channels, and transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels. At least one of the above, the UE is not expected to measure the PRS. In one embodiment, the UE is not expected to perform the target communication behavior during positioning reference signal measurement, for example, not is expected to receive other downlink signals and/or downlink channels, or is not expected to transmit uplink signals and/or uplink channels; in another embodiment In the formula, it is not expected to perform measurement of the positioning reference signal during the execution of the target communication behavior by the terminal.
在一种实施方式中,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔包括所有(激活的)时频窗口的持续时间和相邻两跳(或时频窗口)之间的切换时间。In one implementation, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all (activated) time-frequency windows and the duration of two adjacent hops (or time-frequency windows). switching time between.
在一种实施方式中,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第二时间间隔,所述终端的第二时间间隔包括每一跳对应的时频窗口持续时间,和,与下一个跳和/或上一个跳之间的切换时间。In one embodiment, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval, and the second time interval of the terminal includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to each hop, and, and the next hop and/or the previous time interval. Switching time between hops.
可选的,若在第一时间间隔或第二时间间隔内与上述目标通信行为发生重叠或碰撞,所述终端不被期望测量PRS或者不被期望完成目标通信行为。Optionally, if there is overlap or collision with the above-mentioned target communication behavior within the first time interval or the second time interval, the terminal is not expected to measure the PRS or is not expected to complete the target communication behavior.
可选的,每个时频窗口对应一个PRS处理窗或一个测量间隔。Optionally, each time-frequency window corresponds to a PRS processing window or a measurement interval.
可选的,每个时频窗口的持续时间以及,与下一个跳和/或上一个跳之间的切换时间对应一个PRS处理窗或一个测量间隔。Optionally, the duration of each time-frequency window and the switching time between the next hop and/or the previous hop correspond to a PRS processing window or a measurement interval.
可选的,所有(激活的)时频窗口的持续时间和相邻两跳(或时频窗口)之间的切换时间对应一个PRS处理窗或一个测量间隔。Optionally, the duration of all (activated) time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops (or time-frequency windows) correspond to a PRS processing window or a measurement interval.
由上述实施例的技术方案,本申请实施例还提供了在终端在进行跳频测量期间的切换规则和碰撞规则,从而使定位测量方法更加合理,不影响所述终端的正常通信效率。Based on the technical solutions of the above embodiments, the embodiments of the present application also provide switching rules and collision rules when the terminal performs frequency hopping measurements, thereby making the positioning measurement method more reasonable and not affecting the normal communication efficiency of the terminal.
基于上述实施例,可选地,在步骤S220之后,所述方法还包括:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, after step S220, the method further includes:
所述终端上报所述定位测量结果。The terminal reports the positioning measurement result.
在一种实施方式中,所述定位测量结果包括以下至少一种:In one embodiment, the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
各子带对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each sub-band;
各时频窗口对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window;
测量失败的时频窗口对应的测量失败原因;The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the time-frequency window in which the measurement failed;
第一联合测量结果,所述第一联合测量结果为将所有子带对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
第二联合测量结果,所述第二联合测量结果为将所有时频窗口对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
各定位参考信号资源对应的第二联合测量结果;The second joint measurement result corresponding to each positioning reference signal resource;
测量失败的定位参考信号资源(PRS Resource)对应的测量失败原因。The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource (PRS Resource) where the measurement failed.
所述各子带对应的测量结果和/或各时频窗口对应的测量结果可以包括以下至少一项:各时频窗口对应的第一标识、各频域候选窗对应的第四标识、各时域候选窗对应的第三标识、各子带的标识、时间戳(time stamp)、与本跳关联的接收时间误差组(Rx Time Error Group,Rx TEG)的标识。The measurement results corresponding to each subband and/or the measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window may include at least one of the following: a first identifier corresponding to each time-frequency window, a fourth identifier corresponding to each frequency domain candidate window, The third identifier corresponding to the domain candidate window, the identifier of each subband, the timestamp (time stamp), and the identifier of the receive time error group (Rx Time Error Group, Rx TEG) associated with this hop.
所述第一联合测量结果和/或第二联合测量结果,可以包含与相应时频窗口对应的第一标识或对应频域候选窗的第四标识,用于表示所述第一联合测 量结果或第二联合测量结果基于相应时频窗口或频域候选窗联合处理。The first joint measurement result and/or the second joint measurement result may include a first identifier corresponding to the corresponding time-frequency window or a fourth identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, used to represent the first joint measurement result. The quantity result or the second joint measurement result is jointly processed based on the corresponding time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window.
在一种实施方式中,所述测量失败原因包括以下至少一种:In one embodiment, the reason for the measurement failure includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号被静默(muting);The positioning reference signal is muted;
定位参考信号被穿孔(puncture);The positioning reference signal is punctured;
在不同跳频对应的定位参考信号处于不同的Rx TEG。The positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different Rx TEG.
在一种实施方式中,对于同一个定位参考信号资源,在终端无法得到至少一个时频窗口对应的测量结果的情况下,确定对所述定位参考信号资源的测量失败,和/或所述终端丢弃该定位参考信号资源的测量结果。In one embodiment, for the same positioning reference signal resource, if the terminal cannot obtain the measurement result corresponding to at least one time-frequency window, it is determined that the measurement of the positioning reference signal resource has failed, and/or the terminal Discard the measurement results of the positioning reference signal resource.
需要说明的是,所述终端在对PRS进行测量时,可能包含有不同的PRS resource,可来自于相同的发射及接收点(Transmission and Reception Point,TRP)、或者不同的发射及接收点、或者不同的PRS resource集合。在一种实施方式中,多个PRS resource来自于相同的定位频率层。在终端对多个时频窗口进行联合处理得到联合测量结果时,只联合处理相同的PRS resource位于不同的时频窗口的部分。It should be noted that when the terminal measures PRS, it may contain different PRS resources, which may come from the same transmission and reception point (Transmission and Reception Point, TRP), or different transmission and reception points, or Different PRS resource collections. In one implementation, multiple PRS resources come from the same positioning frequency layer. When the terminal jointly processes multiple time-frequency windows to obtain joint measurement results, only the parts of the same PRS resource located in different time-frequency windows are jointly processed.
在一种实施方式中,在对所述定位参考信号资源在各时频窗口对应的测量结果的联合处理过程中,要求定位参考信号符号的资源单元偏移量相同。In one embodiment, during the joint processing of the measurement results corresponding to the positioning reference signal resources in each time-frequency window, the resource unit offsets of the positioning reference signal symbols are required to be the same.
在一种实施方式中,对于同一个PRS resource,若终端不能够获得某个时频窗口上的测量结果,则在所述终端上报的定位测量结果可以包括基于其他时频窗口的测量结果。In one implementation, for the same PRS resource, if the terminal cannot obtain the measurement results in a certain time-frequency window, the positioning measurement results reported by the terminal may include measurement results based on other time-frequency windows.
所述基于其它时频窗口的测量结果可以是基于其他时频窗口联合处理的测量结果,或者是其他时频窗口各自的测量结果。The measurement results based on other time-frequency windows may be measurement results based on joint processing of other time-frequency windows, or individual measurement results of other time-frequency windows.
对于同一个定位参考信号资源在不同时频窗口处于不同的接收时间误差组的情况下,所述终端不执行(或不被期望)对所述定位参考信号资源在各时频窗口对应的测量结果的联合处理。When the same positioning reference signal resource is in different reception time error groups in different time-frequency windows, the terminal does not perform (or is not expected to) measure the corresponding measurement results of the positioning reference signal resource in each time-frequency window. joint processing.
基于上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例可根据实际的需要得到定位测量结果并进行上报,以得到更加精确的定位结果。Based on the technical solutions of the above embodiments, it can be known that the embodiments of the present application can obtain positioning measurement results and report them according to actual needs, so as to obtain more accurate positioning results.
基于上述实施例,可选地,在步骤S210之前,所述方法还包括:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, before step S210, the method further includes:
所述终端上报所述终端的跳频相关能力。The terminal reports the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal.
在一种实施方式中,所述终端的跳频相关能力包括以下至少一项:In one implementation, the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal include at least one of the following:
所述终端是否支持以跳频的方式对定位参考信号进行测量;Whether the terminal supports measuring positioning reference signals in a frequency hopping manner;
时域相邻的两跳(或者相邻两个时频窗口)的切换时间的最小时间间隔;The minimum time interval between the switching times of two adjacent hops (or two adjacent time-frequency windows) in the time domain;
一个时频窗口的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth of a time-frequency window;
所述终端在对多个时频窗口的测量结果进行联合处理时,所述多个时频窗口对应的最大带宽;When the terminal jointly processes the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
所述终端进行跳频测量可覆盖的最大带宽; The maximum bandwidth that the terminal can cover when performing frequency hopping measurements;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的时频窗口的数量;The maximum number of time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的定位参考信号的子带的数量;The maximum number of subbands of positioning reference signals supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口的最大时间间隔或跨度,例如从多个时频窗口中的起始时频窗口的第一个符号(或第x个符号)开始,到多个时频窗口的最后一个时频窗口的第一个符号(或第x个符号)结束;The maximum time interval or span of multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing, for example, starting from the first symbol (or the x-th symbol) of the starting time-frequency window in the multiple time-frequency windows to The first symbol (or x-th symbol) of the last time-frequency window of multiple time-frequency windows ends;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多跳之间的最大定时差,若超过该最大定时差,则无法进行联合处理,所述定时差用于指示多跳之间的同步关系,例如定时差为0表示同步,定时差不为0表示多跳之间不同步或存在同步时间差,所述最大定时差表示UE可以联合处理的多跳之间的同步时间差的最大值;The maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported by the terminal when performing joint processing. If the maximum timing difference exceeds the maximum timing difference, joint processing cannot be performed. The timing difference is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops. For example, the timing difference is 0 indicates synchronization, and a timing difference other than 0 indicates asynchronous or synchronization time differences between multiple hops. The maximum timing difference indicates the maximum synchronization time difference between multiple hops that the UE can jointly process;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口之间的最大相位差,若超过该最大相位差,则无法进行联合处理;The maximum phase difference between multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing. If the maximum phase difference exceeds the maximum phase difference, joint processing cannot be performed;
所述终端进行联合处理时多个时频窗口之间的最大频率差,若超过该最大频率差,则无法进行联合处理,所述频率差用于表示多跳之间的相位关系,比如:多跳之间,每个跳的平均相位之间的差大于某个值,则所述终端不可以进行联合处理;The maximum frequency difference between multiple time-frequency windows when the terminal performs joint processing. If it exceeds the maximum frequency difference, joint processing cannot be performed. The frequency difference is used to represent the phase relationship between multiple hops, such as: Between hops, if the difference between the average phases of each hop is greater than a certain value, the terminal cannot perform joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的FFT大小;The maximum FFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的IFFT大小;The maximum IFFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的PRS处理能力;The PRS processing capabilities supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端处理每个子带PRS的处理能力;The processing capability of the terminal to process the PRS of each subband;
所述终端能够处理的频域相邻的时频窗口的最大重叠带宽。The maximum overlapping bandwidth of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain that the terminal can process.
所述PRS处理能力用{N,T}表示,即UE每Tms可以处理duration为Nms的PRS。联合处理时,PRS处理能力与终端联合处理的最大带宽、最多的跳(子带)的数量、快速傅里叶变换(fast Fourier transform,FFT)/快速傅里叶逆变换(Inverse Fast Fourier Transform,IFFT)能力、多跳的最大时间间隔、多跳的最大相位差、多跳的最大定时差、多跳的最大频率差至少之一有关。比如,终端上报联合处理时的PRS处理能力可以有多组,每组表示特定带宽下、跳的数量等条件下的处理能力;或者,终端上报联合处理时的PRS处理能力是假设终端联合处理的最大带宽、最多的跳(子带)的数量、最大FFT/IFFT能力、多跳的最大时间间隔、多跳的最大相位差、多跳的最大定时差、多跳的最大频率差等至少之一条件下的处理能力。The PRS processing capability is represented by {N, T}, that is, the UE can process PRS with a duration of Nms every Tms. During joint processing, the maximum bandwidth of the PRS processing capability and the terminal joint processing, the maximum number of hops (sub-bands), fast Fourier transform (FFT)/Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (Inverse Fast Fourier Transform, IFFT) capability, the maximum time interval of multi-hops, the maximum phase difference of multi-hops, the maximum timing difference of multi-hops, and the maximum frequency difference of multi-hops are related to at least one of them. For example, there can be multiple groups of PRS processing capabilities when terminals report joint processing, and each group represents the processing capabilities under specific bandwidth, number of hops, etc.; or, the PRS processing capabilities when terminals report joint processing assume that terminals jointly process. At least one of the maximum bandwidth, the maximum number of hops (subbands), the maximum FFT/IFFT capability, the maximum time interval of multiple hops, the maximum phase difference of multiple hops, the maximum timing difference of multiple hops, the maximum frequency difference of multiple hops, etc. processing capabilities under the conditions.
所述时域相邻的两跳的切换时间的最小时间间隔用于表示所述终端从一个时频窗口切换到另一个时频窗口所需要的最小时间间隔,换句话说,为进行跳频切换的射频调谐时间(RF retuning)。The minimum time interval between the switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain is used to represent the minimum time interval required for the terminal to switch from one time-frequency window to another. In other words, in order to perform frequency hopping switching RF retuning time.
在一种实施方式中,所述时域相邻的两跳的切换时间的最小时间间隔可 以由以下能力至少之一组成:In one embodiment, the minimum time interval between switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain can be To consist of at least one of the following capabilities:
带内跳频(Intra-band hop)切换时间,表示相邻的2个时频窗口位于相同的频带(band)时的切换的时间;Intra-band hop switching time indicates the switching time when two adjacent time-frequency windows are located in the same frequency band (band);
带间跳频(Inter-band hop)切换时间,表示相邻的2个时频窗口位于不同的band时切换的时间;Inter-band hop switching time indicates the switching time when two adjacent time-frequency windows are in different bands;
在一种实施方式中,所述Inter-band Hop切换时间包含以下至少之一:In one implementation, the Inter-band Hop switching time includes at least one of the following:
带内频域范围(Intra-frequency range)切换时间,表示相邻的2个时频窗口位于相同frequency range的不同Band的切换时间。Intra-frequency range switching time represents the switching time of two adjacent time-frequency windows in different Bands located in the same frequency range.
带间频域范围(Inter-frequency range)切换时间,表示相邻的2个时频窗口位于不同frequency range的band的切换时间。Inter-frequency range switching time represents the switching time of two adjacent time-frequency windows located in different frequency range bands.
在一种实施方式中,该时间间隔的单位包含但不限于Ts、Tc、symbol、slot、循环前缀(Cyclic prefix,CP)、ms、us和s之一。In one implementation, the unit of the time interval includes but is not limited to one of Ts, Tc, symbol, slot, cyclic prefix (Cyclic prefix, CP), ms, us, and s.
在一种实施方式中,在所述网络侧设备为服务小区的基站的情况下,在所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:In one implementation, when the network side device is a base station of a serving cell, before the network side device sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
所述网络侧设备接收所述终端或位置服务器的第一请求,所述第一请求用于指示网络侧设备为终端发送跳频测量有关的配置信息。其中,所述第一请求包含以下信息至少之一:The network side device receives a first request from the terminal or the location server, where the first request is used to instruct the network side device to send configuration information related to frequency hopping measurement to the terminal. Wherein, the first request contains at least one of the following information:
跳频请求;Frequency hopping request;
跳(或时频窗口)的数量;The number of hops (or time-frequency windows);
定位参考信号的时频资源配置;Time-frequency resource configuration of positioning reference signals;
请求的时频窗口信息;Requested time-frequency window information;
请求的频域候选窗信息;Requested frequency domain candidate window information;
请求的时域候选窗信息;Requested time domain candidate window information;
定位精度要求;Positioning accuracy requirements;
定位时延要求。Positioning delay requirements.
在一种实施方式中,在所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第一激活信息或第二激活信息之前,所述方法还包括:In one implementation, before the network side device sends the first activation information or the second activation information to the terminal, the method further includes:
所述网络侧设备接收所述终端或位置服务器的第二请求,所述第二请求用于指示网络设备向终端发送第一激活信息或第二激活信息。其中,所述第二请求包含以下信息至少之一:The network side device receives a second request from the terminal or the location server, and the second request is used to instruct the network device to send the first activation information or the second activation information to the terminal. Wherein, the second request contains at least one of the following information:
跳频激活指示;Frequency hopping activation indication;
请求激活的时频窗口列表;Request activation of time-frequency window list;
请求的起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the requested starting time-frequency window;
请求激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of time-frequency windows requested to be activated.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过上报所述终端的跳频 相关能力从而能够更好得为终端配置定位测量方法的相关配置信息。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application report the frequency hopping frequency of the terminal. The related capabilities can thereby better configure the relevant configuration information of the positioning measurement method for the terminal.
本申请实施例提供的定位测量方法,执行主体可以为定位测量装置。本申请实施例中以定位测量装置执行定位测量方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的定位测量装置。For the positioning measurement method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the execution subject may be a positioning measurement device. In the embodiment of the present application, a positioning measurement device performing a positioning measurement method is used as an example to illustrate the positioning measurement device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
如图4所示,所述定位测量装置包括:传输模块401和测量模块402。As shown in Figure 4, the positioning measurement device includes: a transmission module 401 and a measurement module 402.
所述传输模块401用于获取第一信息;所述测量模块402用于根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The transmission module 401 is used to obtain the first information; the measurement module 402 is used to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal using frequency hopping at different times according to the first information, and obtain measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or multiple Measurements of subband joint processing.
可选地,所述第一信息由以下方式至少之一确定:Optionally, the first information is determined by at least one of the following methods:
由网络侧设备指示;Indicated by the network side device;
由协议约定;stipulated by agreement;
由所述定位测量装置选择确定。Selected and determined by the positioning measurement device.
可选地,所述第一信息包括跳频方式中各跳的时频窗口信息,每一跳对应一个时频窗口,所述测量模块402用于根据每一跳对应的时频窗口,分别测量所述定位参考信号的不同子带。Optionally, the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping mode. Each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window. The measurement module 402 is configured to measure respectively according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop. Different subbands of the positioning reference signal.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first information also includes at least one of the following:
所述定位测量装置需要测量的定位参考信号的子带数;The number of sub-bands of the positioning reference signal that the positioning measurement device needs to measure;
时频窗口的数量;The number of time-frequency windows;
跳的数量。The number of jumps.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过获取第一信息,再根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到每个子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果,从而相当于提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application obtain the first information and then use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times based on the first information to obtain the measurement results corresponding to each subband and/or Or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple sub-bands, which is equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述时频窗口信息包括以下至少一项:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
第一标识,所述第一标识为时频窗口标识;A first identifier, the first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier;
第二标识,所述第二标识为所述时频窗口所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier, the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
所述时频窗口的时域位置信息;The time domain position information of the time-frequency window;
所述时频窗口的频域位置信息。Frequency domain position information of the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述第一标识按照第一排序规则由小到大排列;Optionally, the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule;
其中,所述第一排序规则包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
根据所述时频窗口的时间先后顺序;According to the time sequence of the time-frequency window;
根据与所述时频窗口对应的频域位置由低到高的顺序。According to the order from low to high of the frequency domain position corresponding to the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
持续时间; duration;
周期;cycle;
起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
重复配置。Repeat configuration.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的持续时间相同。Optionally, the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
可选地,所述起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;Optionally, the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
前一个时频窗口或时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window;
起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
定位参考信号的起始时域位置。Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同。Optionally, the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
可选地,相邻时频窗口或时域候选窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同。Optionally, the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述重复配置包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
重复次数;repeat times;
所述时频窗口的相邻重复之间的时间间隔。The time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
带宽;bandwidth;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval of the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain;
重叠带宽。Overlap bandwidth.
可选地,所述带宽和/或起始频域位置通过联合编码的方式表示。Optionally, the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为起始物理资源块的频域位置。Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal;
所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
所述时频窗口或频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window;
频域位置最低的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
频域位置最高的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position;
起始时频窗口或起始频域候选窗对应的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置; The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position corresponding to the starting time-frequency window or starting frequency domain candidate window;
前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the adjacent time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔相同。Optionally, the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
可选地,所述重叠带宽包括:Optionally, the overlapping bandwidth includes:
第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
和/或;and / or;
第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
基于上述实施例,可选地,时频窗口信息包含时域候选窗信息和/或频域候选窗信息;其中,每一跳对应的一个时频窗口由一个时域候选窗和一个频域候选窗至少之一确定。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein, a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop consists of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window. At least one of the windows is determined.
可选地,所述时域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
持续时间;duration;
周期;cycle;
起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
重复配置;Duplicate configuration;
第三标识,所述第三标识为所述时域候选窗的标识。The third identifier is the identifier of the time domain candidate window.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的持续时间相同。Optionally, the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
可选地,所述起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;Optionally, the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
前一个时频窗口或时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window;
起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
定位参考信号的起始时域位置。Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同。Optionally, the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
可选地,相邻时频窗口或时域候选窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同。Optionally, the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述重复配置包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
重复次数;repeat times;
所述时频窗口的相邻重复之间的时间间隔。The time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述频域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项: Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
带宽;bandwidth;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent frequency domain candidate windows;
重叠带宽;Overlap bandwidth;
与所述频域候选窗对应的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
第四标识,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A fourth identifier, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第一跳频顺序,用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;The first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
起始频域候选窗指示。Starting frequency domain candidate window indication.
可选地,所述带宽和/或起始频域位置通过联合编码的方式表示。Optionally, the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为起始物理资源块的频域位置。Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal;
所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
所述时频窗口或频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window;
频域位置最低的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
频域位置最高的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position;
起始时频窗口或起始频域候选窗对应的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position corresponding to the starting time-frequency window or starting frequency domain candidate window;
前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔相同。Optionally, the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
可选地,所述重叠带宽包括:Optionally, the overlapping bandwidth includes:
第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
和/或;and / or;
第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
可选地,所述第三标识按照所述时域候选窗的时间先后顺序由小到大排列。Optionally, the third identifiers are arranged in ascending order according to the time order of the time domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述第四标识与对应的子带的标识相同。Optionally, the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding subband.
可选地,所述第四标识按照所述频域候选窗频域位置由低到高的顺序由 小到大排列。Optionally, the fourth identifier is from low to high in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate window. Arrange from small to large.
可选地,所述时域候选窗的数量与所述频域候选窗的数量相同。Optionally, the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of frequency domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述频域候选窗信息根据所述第四标识从预配置或预定义的频域候选窗信息集中确定。Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window information is determined from a preconfigured or predefined frequency domain candidate window information set according to the fourth identification.
可选地,所述第一跳频顺序由以下至少一项确定:Optionally, the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
相邻频域候选窗的第四标识;The fourth identifier of the adjacent frequency domain candidate window;
所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序列表;The frequency hopping order list of the frequency domain candidate window;
协议预定义。Protocol predefined.
可选地,所述协议预定义基于以下至少一项确定所述第一跳频顺序:Optionally, the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
频域候选窗的数量;The number of frequency domain candidate windows;
频域候选窗的频域位置高低顺序。The frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
可选地,所述第一跳频顺序为相对跳频顺序或绝对跳频顺序。Optionally, the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例分别通过获取跳频测量期间各跳对应的时频窗口,或者根据获取到的时域候选窗和/或频域候选窗来确定跳频测量期间各跳对应的时频窗口,从而可以灵活得对时频窗口进行配置,并在每个时频窗口对定位参考信号进行测量,提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application determine the frequency hopping measurement period by obtaining the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop during the frequency hopping measurement period, or based on the obtained time domain candidate window and/or frequency domain candidate window. The time-frequency window corresponding to each hop allows the time-frequency window to be configured flexibly, and the positioning reference signal is measured in each time-frequency window, which increases the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述传输模块401还用于获取第一激活信息,所述第一激活信息用于指示激活的时频窗口,和/或指示所述终端在激活的时频窗口进行跳频测量。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the transmission module 401 is also used to obtain first activation information, the first activation information is used to indicate the activated time-frequency window, and/or indicates that the terminal is in the activated time-frequency window. window for frequency hopping measurements.
可选地,所述第一激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
跳频激活指示;Frequency hopping activation indication;
激活的时频窗口列表;List of activated time-frequency windows;
起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of activated time-frequency windows.
可选地,在所述第一激活信息包括跳频激活指示情况下,所述测量模块402用于激活所述跳频测量和/或激活所有时频窗口。Optionally, when the first activation information includes a frequency hopping activation indication, the measurement module 402 is configured to activate the frequency hopping measurement and/or activate all time-frequency windows.
可选地,所述传输模块401还用于获取第二激活信息,所述第二激活信息用于指示各跳对应的时频窗口;Optionally, the transmission module 401 is also used to obtain second activation information, where the second activation information is used to indicate the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop;
所述测量模块402还用于根据所述第二激活信息确定各跳对应的时频窗口。The measurement module 402 is also configured to determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop according to the second activation information.
可选地,所述第二激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗;The frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗;The time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量; The number of activated time-frequency windows;
第二跳频顺序,所述第二跳频顺序用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;A second frequency hopping sequence, the second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
激活的时域候选窗列表;List of activated time domain candidate windows;
激活的频域候选窗列表。List of activated frequency domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一频域候选窗的第四标识指示确定。Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
可选地,所述起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一时域候选窗的第三标识指示确定。Optionally, the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
可选地,所述激活的时频窗口的数量、激活的时域候选窗数量和激活的频域候选窗数量相同。Optionally, the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述第二跳频顺序包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
第四标识的列表,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A list of fourth identifiers, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第二标识的列表,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识。A list of second identifiers, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located.
可选地,在所述第二激活信息指示激活的时域候选窗列表和/或激活的频域候选窗列表的情况下,所述测量模块402用于根据激活的时域候选窗列表和/或激活的频域候选窗列表确定各跳对应的时频窗口。Optionally, in the case where the second activation information indicates an activated time domain candidate window list and/or an activated frequency domain candidate window list, the measurement module 402 is configured to measure according to the activated time domain candidate window list and/or Or the activated frequency domain candidate window list determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
可选地,在所述终端获取第一信息之后,所述终端根据如下方式确定起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗:起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗为与第一部分带宽频域位置最接近的频域候选窗,所述第一部分带宽为激活的下行部分带宽。Optionally, after the terminal obtains the first information, the terminal determines the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window in the following manner: the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is a frequency domain that is the same as the first part of the bandwidth. The frequency domain candidate window with the closest domain position, the first part of the bandwidth is the activated downlink part bandwidth.
由述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例在获取第一信息后,可以根据与第一信息对应的激活信息来确定各跳对应的时频窗口,从而可以更加灵活得对时频窗口进行配置,提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that after obtaining the first information, the embodiments of the present application can determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop based on the activation information corresponding to the first information, so that the time-frequency window can be more flexibly processed. configuration, improves the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述第一信息还包括测量指示信息,所述测量指示信息包括以下至少一项:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the first information also includes measurement indication information, and the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
跳频指示,用于指示使用定位测量装置定位测量装置通过跳频的方式进行定位参考信号的测量;Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the use of the positioning measurement device to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping;
联合处理指示,用于指示得到所述多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例所述第一信息还可以包括测量指示信息来指示是否进行跳频测量和联合处理,从而能够适用于更多的应用场景。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether to perform frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby being applicable to more application scenarios.
基于上述实施例,可选地,时域相邻两跳的时频窗口之间的时间间隔不小于第一时间段,所述第一时间段为跳频切换时间。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time.
可选地,所述时频窗口关联的子载波间隔与当前激活的部分带宽的子载 波间隔一致,或者与定位参考信号的子载波间隔一致。Optionally, the subcarrier interval associated with the time-frequency window is the same as the subcarrier interval of the currently activated partial bandwidth. The wave spacing is consistent with the sub-carrier spacing of the positioning reference signal.
可选地,所述传输模块401用于在进行跳频切换期间,不执行目标通信行为;其中,所述目标通信行为包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the transmission module 401 is configured to not perform target communication behavior during frequency hopping switching; wherein the target communication behavior includes at least one of the following:
接收下行信号和/或下行信道;Receive downlink signals and/or downlink channels;
传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Transmit uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
可选地,所述传输模块401用于在进行定位参考信号测量期间不执行目标通信通信行为;Optionally, the transmission module 401 is configured to not perform the target communication behavior during positioning reference signal measurement;
或者,or,
所述传输模块401用于在执行目标通信行为期间不进行定位参考信号的测量;The transmission module 401 is configured not to measure the positioning reference signal during the execution of the target communication behavior;
其中,所述目标通信行为包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the target communication behavior includes at least one of the following:
接收下行信号和/或下行信道;Receive downlink signals and/or downlink channels;
传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Transmit uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
可选地,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔包括所有时频窗口的持续时间和相邻两跳之间的切换时间。Optionally, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops.
可选地,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第二时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔包括一跳对应的时频窗口持续时间,和,与下一个跳和/或上一个跳之间的切换时间。Optionally, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval, and the second time interval includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to one hop, and switching between the next hop and/or the previous hop. time.
由上述实施例的技术方案,本申请实施例还提供了在进行跳频测量期间的切换规则和碰撞规则,从而使定位测量方法更加合理,不影响正常通信效率。Based on the technical solutions of the above embodiments, the embodiments of the present application also provide switching rules and collision rules during frequency hopping measurement, thereby making the positioning measurement method more reasonable and not affecting normal communication efficiency.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述传输模块401还用于上报所述定位测量结果。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the transmission module 401 is also configured to report the positioning measurement result.
可选地,所述定位测量结果包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
各子带对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each sub-band;
各时频窗口对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window;
测量失败的时频窗口对应的测量失败原因;The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the time-frequency window in which the measurement failed;
第一联合测量结果,所述第一联合测量结果为将所有子带对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
第二联合测量结果,所述第二联合测量结果为将所有时频窗口对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
各定位参考信号资源对应的第二联合测量结果;The second joint measurement result corresponding to each positioning reference signal resource;
测量失败的定位参考信号资源对应的测量失败原因。The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
可选地,所述测量失败原因包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the measurement failure reasons include at least one of the following:
定位参考信号被静默; The positioning reference signal is silenced;
定位参考信号被穿孔;The positioning reference signal is punctured;
在不同跳频对应的定位参考信号处于不同的接收时间误差组。The positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different reception time error groups.
可选地,对于同一个定位参考信号资源,所述测量模块402用于在无法得到至少一个时频窗口对应的测量结果的情况下,确定对所述定位参考信号资源的测量失败。Optionally, for the same positioning reference signal resource, the measurement module 402 is configured to determine that the measurement of the positioning reference signal resource fails when the measurement result corresponding to at least one time-frequency window cannot be obtained.
可选地,对于同一个定位参考信号资源在不同时频窗口处于不同的接收时间误差组的情况下,所述测量模块402不执行对所述定位参考信号资源在各时频窗口对应的测量结果的联合处理。Optionally, when the same positioning reference signal resource is in different reception time error groups in different time-frequency windows, the measurement module 402 does not perform measurement results corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource in each time-frequency window. joint processing.
可选地,在对所述定位参考信号资源在各时频窗口对应的测量结果的联合处理过程中,要求定位参考信号符号的资源单元偏移量相同。Optionally, during the joint processing of the measurement results corresponding to the positioning reference signal resources in each time-frequency window, the resource unit offsets of the positioning reference signal symbols are required to be the same.
基于上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例可根据实际的需要得到定位测量结果并进行上报,以得到更加精确的定位结果。Based on the technical solutions of the above embodiments, it can be known that the embodiments of the present application can obtain positioning measurement results and report them according to actual needs, so as to obtain more accurate positioning results.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述传输模块401还用于上报所述定位测量装置的跳频相关能力。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the transmission module 401 is also configured to report the frequency hopping related capabilities of the positioning measurement device.
可选地,所述跳频相关能力包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency hopping related capabilities include at least one of the following:
是否支持以跳频的方式对定位参考信号进行测量;Whether it supports measuring positioning reference signals in frequency hopping mode;
时域相邻的两跳的切换时间的最小时间间隔;The minimum time interval between switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain;
一个时频窗口的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth of a time-frequency window;
在对多个时频窗口的测量结果进行联合处理时,所述多个时频窗口对应的最大带宽;When jointly processing the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
进行跳频测量可覆盖的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth that can be covered by frequency hopping measurement;
进行联合处理时支持的最多的时频窗口的数量;The maximum number of time-frequency windows supported when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的最多的定位参考信号的子带的数量;The maximum number of subbands of the positioning reference signal supported during joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口的最大时间间隔或跨度;The maximum time interval or span of multiple time-frequency windows supported when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的多跳之间的最大定时差,所述定时差用于指示多跳之间的同步关系;The maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported when performing joint processing. The timing difference is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops;
进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口之间的最大相位差;The maximum phase difference between multiple time-frequency windows supported when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时多个时频窗口之间的最大频率差;The maximum frequency difference between multiple time-frequency windows when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的最大的FFT大小;The maximum FFT size supported when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的最大的IFFT大小;The maximum IFFT size supported when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时对定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal's processing capability for positioning reference signals when performing joint processing;
所述终端对每个子带的定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal’s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband;
所述终端能够处理的频域相邻的时频窗口最大的重叠带宽。The maximum overlapping bandwidth of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain that the terminal can process.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过上报所述定位测量装置的跳频相关能力从而能够更好得为定位测量装置配置定位测量方法的相关 配置信息。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application can better configure the correlation of the positioning measurement method for the positioning measurement device by reporting the frequency hopping related capabilities of the positioning measurement device. Configuration information.
本申请实施例中的定位测量装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The positioning measurement device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip. The electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal. For example, terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
本申请实施例提供的定位测量装置能够实现图2至图4的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The positioning measurement device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment of Figures 2 to 4, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
如图5所示,本申请实施例提供了一种定位测量方法,该方法的执行主体为网络侧设备,换言之,该方法可以由安装在网络侧设备的软件或硬件来执行。所述方法包括以下步骤。As shown in Figure 5, this embodiment of the present application provides a positioning measurement method. The execution subject of the method is a network-side device. In other words, the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the network-side device. The method includes the following steps.
S510、网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。S510. The network side device sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times.
可选地,所述第一信息包括跳频方式中各跳的时频窗口信息,每一跳对应一个时频窗口,用于所述终端根据每一跳对应的时频窗口,分别测量所述定位参考信号的不同子带。Optionally, the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping mode. Each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window, which is used by the terminal to separately measure the time-frequency window according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop. Different subbands of the reference signal are located.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first information also includes at least one of the following:
所述终端需要测量的定位参考信号的子带数;The number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure;
时频窗口的数量;The number of time-frequency windows;
跳的数量。The number of jumps.
可选的,在所述网络侧设备为服务小区的基站的情况下,在所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:Optionally, when the network side device is a base station of a serving cell, before the network side device sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
所述网络侧设备接收所述终端或位置服务器的第一请求,所述第一请求用于指示网络侧设备为终端发送跳频测量有关的配置信息。其中,所述第一请求包含以下信息至少之一:The network side device receives a first request from the terminal or the location server, where the first request is used to instruct the network side device to send configuration information related to frequency hopping measurement to the terminal. Wherein, the first request contains at least one of the following information:
跳频请求;Frequency hopping request;
跳(或时频窗口)的数量;The number of hops (or time-frequency windows);
定位参考信号的时频资源配置;Time-frequency resource configuration of positioning reference signals;
请求的时频窗口信息;Requested time-frequency window information;
请求的频域候选窗信息;Requested frequency domain candidate window information;
请求的时域候选窗信息;Requested time domain candidate window information;
定位精度要求;Positioning accuracy requirements;
定位时延要求。Positioning delay requirements.
可选地,在所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第一激活信息或第二激活信息之前,所述方法还包括: Optionally, before the network side device sends the first activation information or the second activation information to the terminal, the method further includes:
所述网络侧设备接收所述终端或位置服务器的第二请求,所述第二请求用于指示网络设备向终端发送第一激活信息或第二激活信息。其中,所述第二请求包含以下信息至少之一:The network side device receives a second request from the terminal or the location server, and the second request is used to instruct the network device to send the first activation information or the second activation information to the terminal. Wherein, the second request contains at least one of the following information:
跳频激活指示;Frequency hopping activation indication;
请求激活的时频窗口列表;Request activation of time-frequency window list;
请求的起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the requested starting time-frequency window;
请求激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of time-frequency windows requested to be activated.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到每个子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果,从而相当于提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application send first information to the terminal, and the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times, and obtain each The measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple subbands are equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述时频窗口信息包括以下至少一项:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
第一标识,所述第一标识为时频窗口标识;A first identifier, the first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier;
第二标识,所述第二标识为所述时频窗口所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier, the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
所述时频窗口的时域位置信息;The time domain position information of the time-frequency window;
所述时频窗口的频域位置信息。Frequency domain position information of the time-frequency window.
可选地,时频窗口信息包含时域候选窗信息和/或频域候选窗信息;其中,每一跳对应的一个时频窗口由一个时域候选窗和一个频域候选窗至少之一确定。Optionally, the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop is determined by at least one of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window. .
可选地,所述第一标识按照第一排序规则由小到大排列;Optionally, the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule;
其中,所述第一排序规则包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
根据所述时频窗口的时间先后顺序;According to the time sequence of the time-frequency window;
根据与所述时频窗口对应的频域位置由低到高的顺序。According to the order from low to high of the frequency domain position corresponding to the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
持续时间;duration;
周期;cycle;
起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
重复配置。Repeat configuration.
可选地,所述时域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
持续时间;duration;
周期;cycle;
起始时域位置; Starting time domain position;
重复配置;Duplicate configuration;
第三标识,所述第三标识为所述时域候选窗的标识。The third identifier is the identifier of the time domain candidate window.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的持续时间相同。Optionally, the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
可选地,所述起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;Optionally, the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
前一个时频窗口或时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window;
起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
定位参考信号的起始时域位置。Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同。Optionally, the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
可选地,相邻时频窗口或时域候选窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同。Optionally, the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述重复配置包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
重复次数;repeat times;
所述时频窗口的相邻重复之间的时间间隔。The time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
带宽;bandwidth;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval of the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain;
重叠带宽。Overlap bandwidth.
可选地,所述频域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
带宽;bandwidth;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent frequency domain candidate windows;
重叠带宽;Overlap bandwidth;
与所述频域候选窗对应的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
第四标识,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A fourth identifier, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第一跳频顺序,用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;The first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
起始频域候选窗指示。Starting frequency domain candidate window indication.
可选地,所述带宽和/或起始频域位置通过联合编码的方式表示。Optionally, the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为起始物理资源块的频域位置。Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量; Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal;
所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
所述时频窗口或频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window;
频域位置最低的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
频域位置最高的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position;
起始时频窗口或起始频域候选窗对应的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position corresponding to the starting time-frequency window or starting frequency domain candidate window;
前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔相同。Optionally, the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
可选地,所述重叠带宽包括:Optionally, the overlapping bandwidth includes:
第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
和/或;and / or;
第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
可选地,所述第三标识按照所述时域候选窗的时间先后顺序由小到大排列。Optionally, the third identifiers are arranged in ascending order according to the time order of the time domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述第四标识与对应的子带的标识相同。Optionally, the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding subband.
可选地,所述第四标识按照所述频域候选窗频域位置由低到高的顺序由小到大排列。Optionally, the fourth identifiers are arranged from small to large in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows from low to high.
可选地,所述时域候选窗的数量与所述频域候选窗的数量相同。Optionally, the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of frequency domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述第一跳频顺序由以下至少一项确定:Optionally, the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
相邻频域候选窗的第四标识;The fourth identifier of the adjacent frequency domain candidate window;
所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序列表;The frequency hopping order list of the frequency domain candidate window;
协议预定义。Protocol predefined.
可选地,所述协议预定义基于以下至少一项确定所述第一跳频顺序:Optionally, the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
频域候选窗的数量;The number of frequency domain candidate windows;
频域候选窗的频域位置高低顺序。The frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
可选地,所述第一跳频顺序为相对跳频顺序或绝对跳频顺序。Optionally, the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。 The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过向终端发送跳频测量期间各跳对应的时频窗口,或者根据时域候选窗和/或频域候选窗,从而可以灵活得对时频窗口进行配置,从而提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application can flexibly match the time-frequency by sending the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop during the frequency hopping measurement to the terminal, or based on the time-domain candidate window and/or the frequency-domain candidate window. The window is configured to increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improve the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,在步骤S510之后,所述方法还包括:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, after step S510, the method further includes:
所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第一激活信息,所述第一激活信息用于指示激活的时频窗口,和/或指示所述终端在激活的时频窗口进行跳频测量。The network side device sends first activation information to the terminal, where the first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or instructs the terminal to perform frequency hopping measurements in the activated time-frequency window.
可选地,所述第一激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
跳频激活指示;Frequency hopping activation indication;
激活的时频窗口列表;List of activated time-frequency windows;
起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of activated time-frequency windows.
可选地,在步骤S510之后,所述方法还包括:Optionally, after step S510, the method further includes:
所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第二激活信息,所述第二激活信息用于向所述终端指示各跳对应的时频窗口。The network side device sends second activation information to the terminal, where the second activation information is used to indicate to the terminal the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
可选地,所述第二激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗;The frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗;The time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量;The number of activated time-frequency windows;
第二跳频顺序,所述第二跳频顺序用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;A second frequency hopping sequence, the second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
激活的时域候选窗列表;List of activated time domain candidate windows;
激活的频域候选窗列表。List of activated frequency domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一频域候选窗的第四标识指示确定。Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
可选地,所述起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一时域候选窗的第三标识指示确定。Optionally, the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
可选地,所述激活的时频窗口的数量、激活的时域候选窗数量和激活的频域候选窗数量相同。Optionally, the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述第二跳频顺序包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
第四标识的列表,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A list of fourth identifiers, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第二标识的列表,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识。A list of second identifiers, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例在发送第一信息后,再发送 与第一信息对应的激活信息来确定各跳对应的时频窗口,从而可以更加灵活得对时频窗口进行配置,提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that after sending the first information, the embodiment of the present application sends The activation information corresponding to the first information determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop, so that the time-frequency window can be configured more flexibly, the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal is increased, and the positioning accuracy is improved.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述第一信息还包括测量指示信息,所述测量指示信息包括以下至少一项:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the first information also includes measurement indication information, and the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
跳频指示,用于指示使用终端通过跳频的方式进行定位参考信号的测量;Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the terminal to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping;
联合处理指示,用于指示得到所述多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例所述第一信息还可以包括测量指示信息来指示终端是否进行跳频测量和联合处理,从而使终端能够适用于更多的应用场景。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether the terminal performs frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby enabling the terminal to be applicable to more application scenarios.
基于上述实施例,可选地,时域相邻两跳的时频窗口之间的时间间隔不小于第一时间段,所述第一时间段为跳频切换时间。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time.
可选地,所述时频窗口关联的子载波间隔与当前激活的部分带宽的子载波间隔一致,或者与定位参考信号的子载波间隔一致。Optionally, the subcarrier spacing associated with the time-frequency window is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the currently activated partial bandwidth, or is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the positioning reference signal.
可选地,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔包括所有时频窗口的持续时间和相邻两跳之间的切换时间。Optionally, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops.
可选地,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第二时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔包括每一跳对应的时频窗口持续时间,和,与下一个跳和/或上一个跳之间的切换时间。Optionally, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval. The second time interval includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to each hop, and the time interval between the next hop and/or the previous hop. Switching time.
由上述实施例的技术方案,本申请实施例还提供了在终端在进行跳频测量期间的切换规则和碰撞规则,从而使定位测量方法更加合理,不影响所述终端的正常通信效率。Based on the technical solutions of the above embodiments, the embodiments of the present application also provide switching rules and collision rules when the terminal performs frequency hopping measurements, thereby making the positioning measurement method more reasonable and not affecting the normal communication efficiency of the terminal.
基于上述实施例,可选地,在步骤S510之后,所述方法还包括:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, after step S510, the method further includes:
所述网络侧设备从所述终端接收所述定位测量结果。The network side device receives the positioning measurement result from the terminal.
可选地,所述定位测量结果包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
各子带对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each sub-band;
各时频窗口对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window;
测量失败的时频窗口对应的测量失败原因;The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the time-frequency window in which the measurement failed;
第一联合测量结果,所述第一联合测量结果为将所有子带对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
第二联合测量结果,所述第二联合测量结果为将所有时频窗口对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
各定位参考信号资源对应的第二联合测量结果; The second joint measurement result corresponding to each positioning reference signal resource;
测量失败的定位参考信号资源对应的测量失败原因。The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
可选地,所述测量失败原因包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the measurement failure reasons include at least one of the following:
定位参考信号被静默;The positioning reference signal is silenced;
定位参考信号被穿孔;The positioning reference signal is punctured;
在不同跳频对应的定位参考信号处于不同的接收时间误差组。The positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different reception time error groups.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例可通过从终端接收定位测量结果,得到更加精确的定位结果。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that embodiments of the present application can obtain more accurate positioning results by receiving positioning measurement results from the terminal.
基于上述实施例,可选地,在步骤S510之前,所述方法还包括:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, before step S510, the method further includes:
所述网络侧设备从所述终端接收所述终端的跳频相关能力。The network side device receives the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal from the terminal.
可选地,所述终端的跳频相关能力包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal include at least one of the following:
所述终端是否支持以跳频的方式对定位参考信号进行测量;Whether the terminal supports measuring positioning reference signals in a frequency hopping manner;
时域相邻的两跳的切换时间的最小时间间隔;The minimum time interval between switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain;
一个时频窗口的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth of a time-frequency window;
所述终端在对多个时频窗口的测量结果进行联合处理时,所述多个时频窗口对应的最大带宽;When the terminal jointly processes the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
所述终端进行跳频测量可覆盖的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth that the terminal can cover when performing frequency hopping measurements;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的时频窗口的数量;The maximum number of time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的定位参考信号的子带的数量;The maximum number of subbands of positioning reference signals supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口的最大时间间隔或跨度;The maximum time interval or span of multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多跳之间的最大定时差,所述定时差用于指示多跳之间的同步关系;The maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported by the terminal when performing joint processing. The timing difference is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口之间的最大相位差;The maximum phase difference between multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时多个时频窗口之间的最大频率差;The maximum frequency difference between multiple time-frequency windows when the terminal performs joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的FFT大小;The maximum FFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的IFFT大小;The maximum IFFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时对定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal's processing capability for positioning reference signals when performing joint processing;
所述终端对每个子带的定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal’s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband;
所述终端能够处理的频域相邻的时频窗口最大的重叠带宽。The maximum overlapping bandwidth of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain that the terminal can process.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过上报所述终端的跳频相关能力从而能够更好得为终端配置定位测量方法的相关配置信息。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application can better configure the relevant configuration information of the positioning measurement method for the terminal by reporting the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal.
本申请实施例提供的定位测量方法,执行主体可以为定位测量装置。本 申请实施例中以定位测量装置执行定位测量方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的定位测量装置。For the positioning measurement method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the execution subject may be a positioning measurement device. Book In the embodiments of the application, a positioning measurement device performing a positioning measurement method is used as an example to illustrate the positioning measurement device provided in the embodiments of the application.
如图6所示,所述定位测量装置包括收发模块601和执行模块602。As shown in Figure 6, the positioning measurement device includes a transceiver module 601 and an execution module 602.
所述执行模块602,用于确定第一信息;所述收发模块601,用于向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。The execution module 602 is used to determine the first information; the transceiver module 601 is used to send the first information to the terminal, and the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure the positioning reference signal at different times. of different subbands.
可选地,所述第一信息包括跳频测量中各跳的时频窗口信息,每一跳对应一个时频窗口,用于所述终端根据每一跳对应的时频窗口,分别测量所述定位参考信号的不同子带。Optionally, the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping measurement, and each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window, which is used by the terminal to separately measure the time-frequency window according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop. Different subbands of the reference signal are located.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first information also includes at least one of the following:
所述终端需要测量的定位参考信号的子带数;The number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure;
时频窗口的数量;The number of time-frequency windows;
跳的数量。The number of jumps.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到每个子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果,从而相当于提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application send first information to the terminal, and the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times, and obtain each The measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple subbands are equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述时频窗口信息包括以下至少一项:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
第一标识,所述第一标识为时频窗口标识;A first identifier, the first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier;
第二标识,所述第二标识为所述时频窗口所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier, the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
所述时频窗口的时域位置信息;The time domain position information of the time-frequency window;
所述时频窗口的频域位置信息。Frequency domain position information of the time-frequency window.
可选地,时频窗口信息包含时域候选窗信息和/或频域候选窗信息;其中,每一跳对应的一个时频窗口由一个时域候选窗和一个频域候选窗至少之一确定。Optionally, the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop is determined by at least one of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window. .
可选地,所述第一标识按照第一排序规则由小到大排列;Optionally, the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule;
其中,所述第一排序规则包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
根据所述时频窗口的时间先后顺序;According to the time sequence of the time-frequency window;
根据与所述时频窗口对应的频域位置由低到高的顺序。According to the order from low to high of the frequency domain position corresponding to the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
持续时间;duration;
周期;cycle;
起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
重复配置。 Repeat configuration.
可选地,所述时域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
持续时间;duration;
周期;cycle;
起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
重复配置;Duplicate configuration;
第三标识,所述第三标识为所述时域候选窗的标识。The third identifier is the identifier of the time domain candidate window.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的持续时间相同。Optionally, the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
可选地,所述起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;Optionally, the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
前一个时频窗口或时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window;
起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
定位参考信号的起始时域位置。Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同。Optionally, the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
可选地,相邻时频窗口或时域候选窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同。Optionally, the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述重复配置包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
重复次数;repeat times;
所述时频窗口的相邻重复之间的时间间隔。The time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
带宽;bandwidth;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval of the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain;
重叠带宽。Overlap bandwidth.
可选地,所述频域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
带宽;bandwidth;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent frequency domain candidate windows;
重叠带宽;Overlap bandwidth;
与所述频域候选窗对应的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
第四标识,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A fourth identifier, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第一跳频顺序,用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序; The first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
起始频域候选窗指示。Starting frequency domain candidate window indication.
可选地,所述带宽和/或起始频域位置通过联合编码的方式表示。Optionally, the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为起始物理资源块的频域位置。Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal;
所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
所述时频窗口或频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window;
频域位置最低的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
频域位置最高的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position;
起始时频窗口或起始频域候选窗对应的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position corresponding to the starting time-frequency window or starting frequency domain candidate window;
前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔相同。Optionally, the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
可选地,所述重叠带宽包括:Optionally, the overlapping bandwidth includes:
第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
和/或;and / or;
第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
可选地,所述第三标识按照所述时域候选窗的时间先后顺序由小到大排列。Optionally, the third identifiers are arranged in ascending order according to the time order of the time domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述第四标识与对应的子带的标识相同。Optionally, the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding subband.
可选地,所述第四标识按照所述频域候选窗频域位置由低到高的顺序由小到大排列。Optionally, the fourth identifiers are arranged from small to large in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows from low to high.
可选地,所述时域候选窗的数量与所述频域候选窗的数量相同。Optionally, the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of frequency domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述第一跳频顺序由以下至少一项确定:Optionally, the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
相邻频域候选窗的第四标识;The fourth identifier of the adjacent frequency domain candidate window;
所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序列表;The frequency hopping order list of the frequency domain candidate window;
协议预定义。Protocol predefined.
可选地,所述协议预定义基于以下至少一项确定所述第一跳频顺序:Optionally, the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
频域候选窗的数量; The number of frequency domain candidate windows;
频域候选窗的频域位置高低顺序。The frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
可选地,所述第一跳频顺序为相对跳频顺序或绝对跳频顺序。Optionally, the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过向终端发送跳频测量期间各跳对应的时频窗口,或者根据时域候选窗和/或频域候选窗,从而可以灵活得对时频窗口进行配置,从而提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application can flexibly match the time-frequency by sending the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop during the frequency hopping measurement to the terminal, or based on the time-domain candidate window and/or the frequency-domain candidate window. The window is configured to increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improve the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述收发模块601还用于向所述终端发送第一激活信息,所述第一激活信息用于指示激活的时频窗口,和/或指示所述终端在激活的时频窗口进行跳频测量。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the transceiver module 601 is also configured to send first activation information to the terminal, where the first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or to indicate that the terminal is in Perform frequency hopping measurements in the activated time-frequency window.
可选地,所述第一激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
跳频激活指示;Frequency hopping activation indication;
激活的时频窗口列表;List of activated time-frequency windows;
起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of activated time-frequency windows.
可选地,所述收发模块601还用于向所述终端发送第二激活信息,所述第二激活信息用于向所述终端指示各跳对应的时频窗口。Optionally, the transceiver module 601 is also configured to send second activation information to the terminal, where the second activation information is used to indicate to the terminal the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
可选地,所述第二激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗;The frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗;The time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量;The number of activated time-frequency windows;
第二跳频顺序,所述第二跳频顺序用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;A second frequency hopping sequence, the second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
激活的时域候选窗列表;List of activated time domain candidate windows;
激活的频域候选窗列表。List of activated frequency domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一频域候选窗的第四标识指示确定。Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
可选地,所述起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一时域候选窗的第三标识指示确定。Optionally, the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
可选地,所述激活的时频窗口的数量、激活的时域候选窗数量和激活的频域候选窗数量相同。Optionally, the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述第二跳频顺序包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
第四标识的列表,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A list of fourth identifiers, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第二标识的列表,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识。A list of second identifiers, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。 The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例在发送第一信息后,再发送与第一信息对应的激活信息来确定各跳对应的时频窗口,从而可以更加灵活得对时频窗口进行配置,提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that after sending the first information, the embodiments of the present application then send activation information corresponding to the first information to determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop, so that the time-frequency window can be configured more flexibly. configuration, improves the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improves the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述第一信息还包括测量指示信息,所述测量指示信息包括以下至少一项:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the first information also includes measurement indication information, and the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
跳频指示,用于指示使用终端通过跳频的方式进行定位参考信号的测量;Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the terminal to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping;
联合处理指示,用于指示得到所述多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例所述第一信息还可以包括测量指示信息来指示终端是否进行跳频测量和联合处理,从而使终端能够适用于更多的应用场景。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether the terminal performs frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby enabling the terminal to be applicable to more application scenarios.
基于上述实施例,可选地,时域相邻两跳的时频窗口之间的时间间隔不小于第一时间段,所述第一时间段为跳频切换时间。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time.
可选地,所述时频窗口关联的子载波间隔与当前激活的部分带宽的子载波间隔一致,或者与定位参考信号的子载波间隔一致。Optionally, the subcarrier spacing associated with the time-frequency window is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the currently activated partial bandwidth, or is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the positioning reference signal.
可选地,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔包括所有时频窗口的持续时间和相邻两跳之间的切换时间。Optionally, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops.
可选地,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第二时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔包括每一跳对应的时频窗口持续时间,和,与下一个跳和/或上一个跳之间的切换时间。Optionally, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval. The second time interval includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to each hop, and the time interval between the next hop and/or the previous hop. Switching time.
由上述实施例的技术方案,本申请实施例还提供了在终端在进行跳频测量期间的切换规则和碰撞规则,从而使定位测量方法更加合理,不影响所述终端的正常通信效率。Based on the technical solutions of the above embodiments, the embodiments of the present application also provide switching rules and collision rules when the terminal performs frequency hopping measurements, thereby making the positioning measurement method more reasonable and not affecting the normal communication efficiency of the terminal.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述收发模块601还用于从所述终端接收所述定位测量结果。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the transceiver module 601 is also configured to receive the positioning measurement result from the terminal.
可选地,所述定位测量结果包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
各子带对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each sub-band;
各时频窗口对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window;
测量失败的时频窗口对应的测量失败原因;The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the time-frequency window in which the measurement failed;
第一联合测量结果,所述第一联合测量结果为将所有子带对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
第二联合测量结果,所述第二联合测量结果为将所有时频窗口对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
各定位参考信号资源对应的第二联合测量结果;The second joint measurement result corresponding to each positioning reference signal resource;
测量失败的定位参考信号资源对应的测量失败原因。The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
可选地,所述测量失败原因包括以下至少一种: Optionally, the measurement failure reasons include at least one of the following:
定位参考信号被静默;The positioning reference signal is silenced;
定位参考信号被穿孔;The positioning reference signal is punctured;
在不同跳频对应的定位参考信号处于不同的接收时间误差组。The positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different reception time error groups.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例可通过从终端接收定位测量结果,得到更加精确的定位结果。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that embodiments of the present application can obtain more accurate positioning results by receiving positioning measurement results from the terminal.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述收发模块601还用于从所述终端接收所述终端的跳频相关能力。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the transceiver module 601 is also configured to receive the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal from the terminal.
可选地,所述终端的跳频相关能力包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal include at least one of the following:
所述终端是否支持以跳频的方式对定位参考信号进行测量;Whether the terminal supports measuring positioning reference signals in a frequency hopping manner;
时域相邻的两跳的切换时间的最小时间间隔;The minimum time interval between switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain;
一个时频窗口的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth of a time-frequency window;
所述终端在对多个时频窗口的测量结果进行联合处理时,所述多个时频窗口对应的最大带宽;When the terminal jointly processes the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
所述终端进行跳频测量可覆盖的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth that the terminal can cover when performing frequency hopping measurements;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的时频窗口的数量;The maximum number of time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的定位参考信号的子带的数量;The maximum number of subbands of positioning reference signals supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口的最大时间间隔或跨度;The maximum time interval or span of multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多跳之间的最大定时差,所述定时差用于指示多跳之间的同步关系;The maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported by the terminal when performing joint processing. The timing difference is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口之间的最大相位差;The maximum phase difference between multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时多个时频窗口之间的最大频率差;The maximum frequency difference between multiple time-frequency windows when the terminal performs joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的FFT大小;The maximum FFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的IFFT大小;The maximum IFFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时对定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal's processing capability for positioning reference signals when performing joint processing;
所述终端对每个子带的定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal’s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband;
所述终端能够处理的频域相邻的时频窗口最大的重叠带宽。The maximum overlapping bandwidth of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain that the terminal can process.
本申请实施例可以实现如上所述的终端侧的方法实施例,并得到相同的技术效果,重复部分此处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application can implement the method embodiments on the terminal side as described above and obtain the same technical effects, and the repeated parts will not be described again here.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过上报所述终端的跳频相关能力从而能够更好得为终端配置定位测量方法的相关配置信息。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application can better configure the relevant configuration information of the positioning measurement method for the terminal by reporting the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal.
本申请实施例中的定位测量装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但 不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The positioning measurement device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip. The electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal. For example, the terminal may include but It is not limited to the type of terminal 11 listed above. Other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
本申请实施例提供的定位测量装置能够实现图5的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The positioning measurement device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 5 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
可选的,如图7所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备700,包括处理器701和存储器702,存储器702上存储有可在所述处理器701上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备700为终端时,该程序或指令被处理器701执行时实现上述定位测量方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备700为网络侧设备时,该程序或指令被处理器701执行时实现上述定位测量方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in Figure 7, this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 700, which includes a processor 701 and a memory 702. The memory 702 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 701, for example. , when the communication device 700 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above positioning measurement method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 700 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above positioning measurement method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid duplication, the details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端,包括处理器和通信接口,处理器用于根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到每个子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果,通信接口用于获取第一信息。该终端实施例与上述终端侧方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图8为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times according to the first information, and obtain the measurement results corresponding to each subband and/or or the measurement results jointly processed by multiple subbands, and the communication interface is used to obtain the first information. This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment. Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application.
该终端800包括但不限于:射频单元801、网络模块802、音频输出单元803、输入单元804、传感器805、显示单元806、用户输入单元807、接口单元808、存储器809以及处理器810等中的至少部分部件。The terminal 800 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 801, a network module 802, an audio output unit 803, an input unit 804, a sensor 805, a display unit 806, a user input unit 807, an interface unit 808, a memory 809, a processor 810, etc. At least some parts.
本领域技术人员可以理解,终端800还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器810逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图8中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定,终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal 800 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components. The power supply may be logically connected to the processor 810 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in FIG. 8 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal. The terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined or arranged differently, which will not be described again here.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元804可以包括图形处理单元(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)8041和麦克风8042,GPU8041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元806可包括显示面板8061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板8061。用户输入单元807包括触控面板8071以及其他输入设备8072中的至少一种。触控面板8071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板8071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备8072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 804 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 8041 and a microphone 8042. The GPU 8041 is used for recording data by an image capture device (such as a camera) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. The image data obtained from still pictures or videos is processed. The display unit 806 may include a display panel 8061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 807 includes a touch panel 8071 and at least one of other input devices 8072 . Touch panel 8071, also known as touch screen. The touch panel 8071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 8072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元801接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后,可 以传输给处理器810进行处理;另外,射频单元801可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常,射频单元801包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the downlink data from the network side device, the radio frequency unit 801 can to transmit to the processor 810 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 801 can send uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 801 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
存储器809可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器809可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区,其中,第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器809可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或者,存储器809可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器809包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。Memory 809 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 809 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc. Additionally, memory 809 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or memory 809 may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM). Memory 809 in embodiments of the present application includes, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
处理器810可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器810集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器810中。The processor 810 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 810 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 810.
其中,射频单元801,用于获取第一信息。Among them, the radio frequency unit 801 is used to obtain the first information.
处理器810,用于根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The processor 810 is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal using frequency hopping at different times according to the first information, and obtain measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
可选地,所述第一信息由以下方式至少之一确定:Optionally, the first information is determined by at least one of the following methods:
由网络侧设备指示;Indicated by the network side device;
由协议约定;stipulated by agreement;
由所述定位测量装置选择确定。Selected and determined by the positioning measurement device.
可选地,所述第一信息包括跳频测量中各跳的时频窗口信息,每一跳对应一个时频窗口。Optionally, the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping measurement, and each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window.
所述处理器810用于根据每一跳对应的时频窗口,分别测量所述定位参考信号的不同子带。 The processor 810 is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first information also includes at least one of the following:
所述定位测量装置需要测量的定位参考信号的子带数;The number of sub-bands of the positioning reference signal that the positioning measurement device needs to measure;
时频窗口的数量;The number of time-frequency windows;
跳的数量。The number of jumps.
本申请实施例相当于提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。The embodiments of the present application are equivalent to increasing the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improving the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述时频窗口信息包括以下至少一项:Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
第一标识,所述第一标识为时频窗口标识;A first identifier, the first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier;
第二标识,所述第二标识为所述时频窗口所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier, the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
所述时频窗口的时域位置信息;The time domain position information of the time-frequency window;
所述时频窗口的频域位置信息。Frequency domain position information of the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述第一标识按照第一排序规则由小到大排列;Optionally, the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule;
其中,所述第一排序规则包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
根据所述时频窗口的时间先后顺序;According to the time sequence of the time-frequency window;
根据与所述时频窗口对应的频域位置由低到高的顺序。According to the order from low to high of the frequency domain position corresponding to the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
持续时间;duration;
周期;cycle;
起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
重复配置。Repeat configuration.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的持续时间相同。Optionally, the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
可选地,所述起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;Optionally, the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
前一个时频窗口或时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window;
起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
定位参考信号的起始时域位置。Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同。Optionally, the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
可选地,相邻时频窗口或时域候选窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同。Optionally, the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述重复配置包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
重复次数;repeat times;
所述时频窗口的相邻重复之间的时间间隔。 The time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
带宽;bandwidth;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval of the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain;
重叠带宽。Overlap bandwidth.
可选地,所述带宽和/或起始频域位置通过联合编码的方式表示。Optionally, the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为起始物理资源块的频域位置。Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal;
所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
所述时频窗口或频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window;
频域位置最低的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
频域位置最高的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position;
起始时频窗口或起始频域候选窗对应的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position corresponding to the starting time-frequency window or starting frequency domain candidate window;
前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔相同。Optionally, the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
可选地,所述重叠带宽包括:Optionally, the overlapping bandwidth includes:
第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
和/或;and / or;
第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
基于上述实施例,可选地,时频窗口信息包含时域候选窗信息和/或频域候选窗信息;其中,每一跳对应的一个时频窗口由一个时域候选窗和一个频域候选窗至少之一确定。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein, a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop consists of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window. At least one of the windows is determined.
可选地,所述时域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
持续时间;duration;
周期;cycle;
起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
重复配置; Duplicate configuration;
第三标识,所述第三标识为所述时域候选窗的标识。The third identifier is the identifier of the time domain candidate window.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的持续时间相同。Optionally, the duration of each time-frequency window or time-domain candidate window is the same.
可选地,所述起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;Optionally, the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
前一个时频窗口或时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window;
起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
定位参考信号的起始时域位置。Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
可选地,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同。Optionally, the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same.
可选地,相邻时频窗口或时域候选窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同。Optionally, the time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述重复配置包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
重复次数;repeat times;
所述时频窗口的相邻重复之间的时间间隔。The time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
可选地,所述频域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
带宽;bandwidth;
起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
频域相邻的频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent frequency domain candidate windows;
重叠带宽;Overlap bandwidth;
与所述频域候选窗对应的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
第四标识,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A fourth identifier, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第一跳频顺序,用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;The first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
起始频域候选窗指示。Starting frequency domain candidate window indication.
可选地,所述带宽和/或起始频域位置通过联合编码的方式表示。Optionally, the bandwidth and/or starting frequency domain position are represented by joint coding.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为起始物理资源块的频域位置。Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of the starting physical resource block.
可选地,所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;Optionally, the starting frequency domain position is a frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal;
所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
所述时频窗口或频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置; The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window;
频域位置最低的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
频域位置最高的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position;
起始时频窗口或起始频域候选窗对应的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position corresponding to the starting time-frequency window or starting frequency domain candidate window;
前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the adjacent time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔相同。Optionally, the frequency domain intervals between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain are the same.
可选地,所述重叠带宽包括:Optionally, the overlapping bandwidth includes:
第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
和/或;and / or;
第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
可选地,所述第三标识按照所述时域候选窗的时间先后顺序由小到大排列。Optionally, the third identifiers are arranged in ascending order according to the time order of the time domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述第四标识与对应的子带的标识相同。Optionally, the fourth identifier is the same as the identifier of the corresponding subband.
可选地,所述第四标识按照所述频域候选窗频域位置由低到高的顺序由小到大排列。Optionally, the fourth identifiers are arranged from small to large in the order of frequency domain positions of the frequency domain candidate windows from low to high.
可选地,所述时域候选窗的数量与所述频域候选窗的数量相同。Optionally, the number of time domain candidate windows is the same as the number of frequency domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述频域候选窗信息根据所述第四标识从预配置或预定义的频域候选窗信息集中确定。Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window information is determined from a preconfigured or predefined frequency domain candidate window information set according to the fourth identification.
可选地,所述第一跳频顺序由以下至少一项确定:Optionally, the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
相邻频域候选窗的第四标识;The fourth identifier of the adjacent frequency domain candidate window;
所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序列表;The frequency hopping order list of the frequency domain candidate window;
协议预定义。Protocol predefined.
可选地,所述协议预定义基于以下至少一项确定所述第一跳频顺序:Optionally, the protocol predefinition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
频域候选窗的数量;The number of frequency domain candidate windows;
频域候选窗的频域位置高低顺序。The frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
可选地,所述第一跳频顺序为相对跳频顺序或绝对跳频顺序。Optionally, the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence.
本申请实施例提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。The embodiments of the present application increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improve the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述射频单元801还用于获取第一激活信息,所述第一激活信息用于指示激活的时频窗口,和/或指示所述终端在激活的时频窗口进行跳频测量。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to obtain first activation information, the first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or indicates that the terminal is in the activated time-frequency window. window for frequency hopping measurements.
可选地,所述第一激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
跳频激活指示; Frequency hopping activation indication;
激活的时频窗口列表;List of activated time-frequency windows;
起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of activated time-frequency windows.
可选地,在所述第一激活信息包括跳频激活指示情况下,所述处理器810用于激活所述跳频测量和/或激活所有时频窗口。Optionally, in the case where the first activation information includes a frequency hopping activation indication, the processor 810 is configured to activate the frequency hopping measurement and/or activate all time-frequency windows.
可选地,所述射频单元801还用于获取第二激活信息,所述第二激活信息用于指示各跳对应的时频窗口;Optionally, the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to obtain second activation information, where the second activation information is used to indicate the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop;
所述处理器810还用于根据所述第二激活信息确定各跳对应的时频窗口。The processor 810 is also configured to determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop according to the second activation information.
可选地,所述第二激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗;The frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗;The time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
激活的时频窗口的数量;The number of activated time-frequency windows;
第二跳频顺序,所述第二跳频顺序用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;A second frequency hopping sequence, the second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
激活的时域候选窗列表;List of activated time domain candidate windows;
激活的频域候选窗列表。List of activated frequency domain candidate windows.
可选地,所述起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一频域候选窗的第四标识指示确定。Optionally, the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
可选地,所述起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一时域候选窗的第三标识指示确定。Optionally, the time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
可选地,所述激活的时频窗口的数量、激活的时域候选窗数量和激活的频域候选窗数量相同。Optionally, the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows, and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
可选地,所述第二跳频顺序包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
第四标识的列表,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A list of fourth identifiers, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
第二标识的列表,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识。A list of second identifiers, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located.
可选地,在所述第二激活信息指示激活的时域候选窗列表和/或激活的频域候选窗列表的情况下,所述处理器810用于根据激活的时域候选窗列表和/或激活的频域候选窗列表确定各跳对应的时频窗口。Optionally, in the case where the second activation information indicates an activated time domain candidate window list and/or an activated frequency domain candidate window list, the processor 810 is configured to activate the time domain candidate window list and/or the activated frequency domain candidate window list according to the activated time domain candidate window list and/or the activated frequency domain candidate window list. Or the activated frequency domain candidate window list determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
可选地,在所述终端获取第一信息之后,所述终端根据如下方式确定起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗:起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗为与第一部分带宽频域位置最接近的频域候选窗,所述第一部分带宽为激活的下行部分带宽。Optionally, after the terminal obtains the first information, the terminal determines the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window in the following manner: the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is a frequency domain that is the same as the first part of the bandwidth. The frequency domain candidate window with the closest domain position, the first part of the bandwidth is the activated downlink part bandwidth.
本申请实施例提高了定位参考信号的有效带宽,提升了定位精度。The embodiments of the present application increase the effective bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and improve the positioning accuracy.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述第一信息还包括测量指示信息,所述测量指示信息包括以下至少一项: Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the first information also includes measurement indication information, and the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
跳频指示,用于指示使用定位测量装置定位测量装置通过跳频的方式进行定位参考信号的测量;Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the use of the positioning measurement device to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping;
联合处理指示,用于指示得到所述多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例所述第一信息还可以包括测量指示信息来指示是否进行跳频测量和联合处理,从而能够适用于更多的应用场景。It can be known from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the first information described in the embodiments of the present application may also include measurement indication information to indicate whether to perform frequency hopping measurement and joint processing, thereby being applicable to more application scenarios.
基于上述实施例,可选地,时域相邻两跳的时频窗口之间的时间间隔不小于第一时间段,所述第一时间段为跳频切换时间。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than a first time period, and the first time period is the frequency hopping switching time.
可选地,所述时频窗口关联的子载波间隔与当前激活的部分带宽的子载波间隔一致,或者与定位参考信号的子载波间隔一致。Optionally, the subcarrier spacing associated with the time-frequency window is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the currently activated partial bandwidth, or is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the positioning reference signal.
可选地,所述射频单元801用于在进行跳频切换期间,不执行目标通信行为:其中,所述目标通信行为包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 801 is configured to not perform target communication behavior during frequency hopping switching: wherein the target communication behavior includes at least one of the following:
接收下行信号和/或下行信道;Receive downlink signals and/or downlink channels;
传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Transmit uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
可选地,所述射频单元801用于在进行定位参考信号测量期间不执行目标通信行为;Optionally, the radio frequency unit 801 is configured not to perform target communication behavior during positioning reference signal measurement;
或者,or,
所述射频单元801用于在执行目标通信行为期间不进行定位参考信号的测量;The radio frequency unit 801 is configured not to measure the positioning reference signal during the execution of the target communication behavior;
其中,所述目标通信行为包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the target communication behavior includes at least one of the following:
接收下行信号和/或下行信道;Receive downlink signals and/or downlink channels;
传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Transmit uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
可选地,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔包括所有时频窗口的持续时间和相邻两跳之间的切换时间。Optionally, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops.
可选地,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第二时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔包括每一跳对应的时频窗口持续时间,和,与下一个跳和/或上一个跳之间的切换时间。Optionally, the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval. The second time interval includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to each hop, and the time interval between the next hop and/or the previous hop. Switching time.
本申请实施例定位测量方法更加合理,不影响正常通信效率。The positioning measurement method in the embodiment of the present application is more reasonable and does not affect normal communication efficiency.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述射频单元801还用于上报所述定位测量结果。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to report the positioning measurement result.
可选地,所述定位测量结果包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
各子带对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each sub-band;
各时频窗口对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window;
测量失败的时频窗口对应的测量失败原因;The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the time-frequency window in which the measurement failed;
第一联合测量结果,所述第一联合测量结果为将所有子带对应的测量结 果联合处理后得到的;The first joint measurement result is the measurement results corresponding to all subbands. Obtained after joint processing of fruits;
第二联合测量结果,所述第二联合测量结果为将所有时频窗口对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
各定位参考信号资源对应的第二联合测量结果;The second joint measurement result corresponding to each positioning reference signal resource;
测量失败的定位参考信号资源对应的测量失败原因。The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
可选地,所述测量失败原因包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the measurement failure reasons include at least one of the following:
定位参考信号被静默;The positioning reference signal is silenced;
定位参考信号被穿孔;The positioning reference signal is punctured;
在不同跳频对应的定位参考信号处于不同的接收时间误差组。The positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different reception time error groups.
可选地,对于同一个定位参考信号资源,所述处理器810用于在无法得到至少一个时频窗口对应的测量结果的情况下,确定对所述定位参考信号资源的测量失败。Optionally, for the same positioning reference signal resource, the processor 810 is configured to determine that the measurement of the positioning reference signal resource fails when the measurement result corresponding to at least one time-frequency window cannot be obtained.
可选地,对于同一个定位参考信号资源在不同时频窗口处于不同的接收时间误差组的情况下,所述处理器810不执行对所述定位参考信号资源在各时频窗口对应的测量结果的联合处理。Optionally, when the same positioning reference signal resource is in different reception time error groups in different time-frequency windows, the processor 810 does not perform the measurement results corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource in each time-frequency window. joint processing.
可选地,在对所述定位参考信号资源在各时频窗口对应的测量结果的联合处理过程中,要求定位参考信号符号的资源单元偏移量相同。Optionally, during the joint processing of the measurement results corresponding to the positioning reference signal resources in each time-frequency window, the resource unit offsets of the positioning reference signal symbols are required to be the same.
本申请实施例得到更加精确的定位结果。The embodiments of the present application obtain more accurate positioning results.
基于上述实施例,可选地,所述射频单元801还用于上报所述定位测量装置的跳频相关能力。Based on the above embodiment, optionally, the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to report the frequency hopping related capabilities of the positioning measurement device.
可选地,所述跳频相关能力包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency hopping related capabilities include at least one of the following:
是否支持以跳频的方式对定位参考信号进行测量;Whether it supports measuring positioning reference signals in frequency hopping mode;
时域相邻的两跳的切换时间的最小时间间隔;The minimum time interval between switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain;
一个时频窗口的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth of a time-frequency window;
在对多个时频窗口的测量结果进行联合处理时,所述多个时频窗口对应的最大带宽;When jointly processing the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
进行跳频测量可覆盖的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth that can be covered by frequency hopping measurement;
进行联合处理时支持的最多的时频窗口的数量;The maximum number of time-frequency windows supported when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的最多的定位参考信号的子带的数量;The maximum number of subbands of the positioning reference signal supported during joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口的最大时间间隔或跨度;The maximum time interval or span of multiple time-frequency windows supported when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的多跳之间的最大定时差,所述定时差用于指示多跳之间的同步关系;The maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported when performing joint processing. The timing difference is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops;
进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口之间的最大相位差;The maximum phase difference between multiple time-frequency windows supported when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时多个时频窗口之间的最大频率差;The maximum frequency difference between multiple time-frequency windows when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的最大的FFT大小; The maximum FFT size supported when performing joint processing;
进行联合处理时支持的最大的IFFT大小;The maximum IFFT size supported when performing joint processing;
所述终端进行联合处理时对定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal's processing capability for positioning reference signals when performing joint processing;
所述终端对每个子带的定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal’s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband;
所述终端能够处理的频域相邻的时频窗口最大的重叠带宽。The maximum overlapping bandwidth of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain that the terminal can process.
由上述实施例的技术方案可知,本申请实施例通过上报所述定位测量装置的跳频相关能力从而能够更好得为定位测量装置配置定位测量方法的相关配置信息。It can be seen from the technical solutions of the above embodiments that the embodiments of the present application can better configure the relevant configuration information of the positioning measurement method for the positioning measurement device by reporting the frequency hopping related capabilities of the positioning measurement device.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备,包括处理器和通信接口,处理器用于确定第一信息,通信接口用于向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。该网络侧设备实施例与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。An embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface. The processor is used to determine the first information, and the communication interface is used to send the first information to the terminal. The first information is used to indicate that the terminal is in The frequency hopping method is used to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times. This network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment. Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备。如图9所示,该网络侧设备900包括:天线91、射频装置92、基带装置93、处理器94和存储器95。天线91与射频装置92连接。在上行方向上,射频装置92通过天线91接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置93进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置93对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置92,射频装置92对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线91发送出去。Specifically, the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device. As shown in FIG. 9 , the network side device 900 includes: an antenna 91 , a radio frequency device 92 , a baseband device 93 , a processor 94 and a memory 95 . The antenna 91 is connected to the radio frequency device 92 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 92 receives information through the antenna 91 and sends the received information to the baseband device 93 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 93 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 92. The radio frequency device 92 processes the received information and then sends it out through the antenna 91.
以上实施例中网络侧设备执行的方法可以在基带装置93中实现,该基带装置93包括基带处理器。The method performed by the network side device in the above embodiment can be implemented in the baseband device 93, which includes a baseband processor.
基带装置93例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图9所示,其中一个芯片例如为基带处理器,通过总线接口与存储器95连接,以调用存储器95中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。The baseband device 93 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, which is provided with multiple chips, as shown in FIG. Program to perform the network device operations shown in the above method embodiments.
该网络侧设备还可以包括网络接口96,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。The network side device may also include a network interface 96, which is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
具体地,本发明实施例的网络侧设备900还包括:存储在存储器95上并可在处理器94上运行的指令或程序,处理器94调用存储器95中的指令或程序执行图6所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the network side device 900 in this embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 95 and executable on the processor 94. The processor 94 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 95 to execute the various operations shown in Figure 6. The method of module execution and achieving the same technical effect will not be described in detail here to avoid duplication.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述定位测量方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the program or instructions are executed by a processor, each process of the above positioning measurement method embodiment is implemented, and the same can be achieved. The technical effects will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存 储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment. The readable storage Storage media include computer-readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述定位测量方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above positioning measurement method embodiment. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be described again here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述定位测量方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product. The computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium. The computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above positioning measurement method embodiment. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not go into details here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种定位测量系统,包括:终端及网络侧设备,所述终端可用于执行如上所述的定位测量方法的步骤,所述网络侧设备可用于执行如上所述的定位测量方法的步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a positioning measurement system, including: a terminal and a network side device. The terminal can be used to perform the steps of the positioning measurement method as described above. The network side device can be used to perform the positioning as described above. Measurement method steps.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this document, the terms "comprising", "comprises" or any other variations thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device that includes a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent in the process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "comprises a..." does not exclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article or apparatus that includes that element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, but may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions may be performed, for example, the methods described may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a computer software product that is essentially or contributes to the existing technology. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk , CD), including several instructions to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的, 本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。 The embodiments of the present application are described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations, which are only illustrative and not restrictive. Inspired by this application, those of ordinary skill in the art can make many forms without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope protected by the claims, all of which fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (56)

  1. 一种定位测量方法,其中,包括:A positioning measurement method, which includes:
    终端获取第一信息;The terminal obtains the first information;
    所述终端根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The terminal uses frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times according to the first information, and obtains measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括跳频方式中各跳的时频窗口信息,每一跳对应一个时频窗口,所述终端根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping mode, each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window, and the terminal uses hops at different times according to the first information. The different subbands of the positioning reference signal measured in frequency mode include:
    所述终端根据每一跳对应的时频窗口,分别测量所述定位参考信号的不同子带。The terminal measures different subbands of the positioning reference signal according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息还包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 2, wherein the first information further includes at least one of the following:
    所述终端需要测量的定位参考信号的子带数;The number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure;
    时频窗口的数量;The number of time-frequency windows;
    跳的数量。The number of jumps.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述时频窗口信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
    第一标识,所述第一标识为时频窗口标识;A first identifier, the first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier;
    第二标识,所述第二标识为所述时频窗口所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier, the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
    所述时频窗口的时域位置信息;The time domain position information of the time-frequency window;
    所述时频窗口的频域位置信息。Frequency domain position information of the time-frequency window.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述第一标识按照第一排序规则由小到大排列;The method according to claim 4, wherein the first identifiers are arranged from small to large according to the first sorting rule;
    其中,所述第一排序规则包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first sorting rule includes at least one of the following:
    根据所述时频窗口的时间先后顺序;According to the time sequence of the time-frequency window;
    根据与所述时频窗口对应的频域位置由低到高的顺序。According to the order from low to high of the frequency domain position corresponding to the time-frequency window.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 4, wherein the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
    持续时间;duration;
    周期;cycle;
    起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
    重复配置;Duplicate configuration;
    所述频域位置信息包括以下至少一项:The frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
    带宽; bandwidth;
    起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
    频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval of the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain;
    重叠带宽。Overlap bandwidth.
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,时频窗口信息包含时域候选窗信息和/或频域候选窗信息;其中,每一跳对应的一个时频窗口由一个时域候选窗和一个频域候选窗至少之一确定;The method according to claim 2, wherein the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop consists of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window. At least one of the domain candidate windows is determined;
    其中,所述时域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
    持续时间;duration;
    周期;cycle;
    起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
    重复配置;Duplicate configuration;
    第三标识,所述第三标识为所述时域候选窗的标识;A third identifier, the third identifier being the identifier of the time domain candidate window;
    所述频域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:The frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
    带宽;bandwidth;
    起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
    频域相邻的频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent frequency domain candidate windows;
    重叠带宽;Overlap bandwidth;
    与所述频域候选窗对应的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
    第四标识,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A fourth identifier, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
    第一跳频顺序,用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;The first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
    起始频域候选窗指示。Starting frequency domain candidate window indication.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其中,所述起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
    其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
    服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
    参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
    前一个时频窗口或时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window;
    起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
    定位参考信号的起始时域位置。Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,每个时频窗口或时域候选窗的相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量相同;The method according to claim 8, wherein the time domain offset of each time-frequency window or time domain candidate window relative to the first time domain reference point is the same;
    相邻时频窗口或时域候选窗口的起始时域位置的时间间隔相同。The time intervals between the starting time domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows or time domain candidate windows are the same.
  10. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其中,所述重复配置包括以下至少一项: The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the repeated configuration includes at least one of the following:
    重复次数;repeat times;
    所述时频窗口的相邻重复之间的时间间隔。The time interval between adjacent repetitions of the time-frequency window.
  11. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其中,所述起始频域位置为起始物理资源块的频域位置;The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of a starting physical resource block;
    或者,or,
    所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;The starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
    其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
    所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal;
    所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
    所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
    所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
    所述时频窗口或频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window;
    频域位置最低的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
    频域位置最高的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position;
    起始时频窗口或起始频域候选窗的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the starting time-frequency window or starting frequency domain candidate window;
    前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
    频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
  12. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其中,所述重叠带宽包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the overlapping bandwidth includes:
    第一重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更高的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽;The first overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and higher than the frequency domain position;
    和/或;and / or;
    第二重叠带宽,用于指示与频域位置相邻且更低的相邻时频窗口或频域候选窗之间的重叠带宽。The second overlapping bandwidth is used to indicate the overlapping bandwidth between adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows that are adjacent to and lower than the frequency domain position.
  13. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,第一跳频顺序为相对跳频顺序或绝对跳频顺序,或者,所述第一跳频顺序由以下至少一项确定:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first frequency hopping sequence is a relative frequency hopping sequence or an absolute frequency hopping sequence, or the first frequency hopping sequence is determined by at least one of the following:
    相邻频域候选窗的第四标识;The fourth identifier of the adjacent frequency domain candidate window;
    所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序列表;The frequency hopping order list of the frequency domain candidate window;
    协议预定义,所述协议预定义基于以下至少一项确定所述第一跳频顺序:Protocol pre-definition, the protocol pre-definition determines the first frequency hopping sequence based on at least one of the following:
    频域候选窗的数量;The number of frequency domain candidate windows;
    频域候选窗的频域位置高低顺序。The frequency domain position of the frequency domain candidate window is in high and low order.
  14. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,在所述终端获取第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein after the terminal obtains the first information, the method further includes:
    所述终端获取第一激活信息,所述第一激活信息用于指示激活的时频窗口,和/或指示所述终端在激活的时频窗口进行跳频测量。The terminal acquires first activation information. The first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or instructs the terminal to perform frequency hopping measurement in the activated time-frequency window.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第一激活信息还用于指示 以下至少一项:The method of claim 14, wherein the first activation information is also used to indicate At least one of the following:
    跳频激活指示;Frequency hopping activation indication;
    激活的时频窗口列表;List of activated time-frequency windows;
    起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the starting time-frequency window;
    激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of activated time-frequency windows.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,在所述第一激活信息包括跳频激活指示情况下,所述终端激活所述跳频测量和/或激活所有时频窗口。The method according to claim 15, wherein, if the first activation information includes a frequency hopping activation indication, the terminal activates the frequency hopping measurement and/or activates all time-frequency windows.
  17. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述终端获取第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein after the terminal obtains the first information, the method further includes:
    所述终端获取第二激活信息,所述第二激活信息用于向所述终端指示各跳对应的时频窗口;The terminal obtains second activation information, and the second activation information is used to indicate to the terminal the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop;
    所述终端根据所述第二激活信息确定各跳对应的时频窗口。The terminal determines the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop according to the second activation information.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述第二激活信息还用于指示以下至少一项:The method according to claim 17, wherein the second activation information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
    起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗;The frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
    起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗;The time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
    激活的时频窗口的数量;The number of activated time-frequency windows;
    第二跳频顺序,所述第二跳频顺序用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;A second frequency hopping sequence, the second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
    激活的时域候选窗列表;List of activated time domain candidate windows;
    激活的频域候选窗列表。List of activated frequency domain candidate windows.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一频域候选窗的第四标识指示确定;The method according to claim 18, wherein the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the fourth identification indication of the first frequency domain candidate window included in the second activation information;
    所述起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗根据所述第二激活信息包括的第一时域候选窗的第三标识指示确定。The time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is determined according to the third identification indication of the first time domain candidate window included in the second activation information.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述激活的时频窗口的数量、激活的时域候选窗数量和激活的频域候选窗数量相同。The method according to claim 18, wherein the number of activated time-frequency windows, the number of activated time-domain candidate windows and the number of activated frequency-domain candidate windows are the same.
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述第二跳频顺序包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 18, wherein the second frequency hopping sequence includes at least one of the following:
    第四标识的列表,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A list of fourth identifiers, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
    第二标识的列表,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识。A list of second identifiers, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located.
  22. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,在所述第二激活信息指示激活的时域候选窗列表和/或激活的频域候选窗列表的情况下,所述终端根据所述第二激活信息确定各跳对应的时频窗口包括:The method of claim 18, wherein, in the case where the second activation information indicates an activated time domain candidate window list and/or an activated frequency domain candidate window list, the terminal Determine the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop including:
    所述终端根据激活的时域候选窗列表和/或激活的频域候选窗列表确定 各跳对应的时频窗口。The terminal determines according to the activated time domain candidate window list and/or the activated frequency domain candidate window list. The time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  23. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述终端获取第一信息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein after the terminal obtains the first information, it further includes:
    所述终端根据如下方式确定起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗:起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗为与第一部分带宽频域位置最接近的频域候选窗,所述第一部分带宽为激活的下行部分带宽。The terminal determines the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window in the following manner: the frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window is the frequency domain candidate window closest to the frequency domain position of the first part of the bandwidth, and the first part The bandwidth is the activated downlink partial bandwidth.
  24. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息还包括测量指示信息,所述测量指示信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information further includes measurement indication information, the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
    跳频指示,用于指示使用终端通过跳频的方式进行定位参考信号的测量;Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the terminal to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping;
    联合处理指示,用于指示得到所述多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The joint processing instruction is used to indicate obtaining the measurement results of the joint processing of the multiple subbands.
  25. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,时域相邻两跳的时频窗口之间的时间间隔不小于跳频切换时间。The method according to claim 2, wherein the time interval between the time-frequency windows of two adjacent hops in the time domain is not less than the frequency hopping switching time.
  26. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述时频窗口关联的子载波间隔与当前激活的部分带宽的子载波间隔一致,或者与定位参考信号的子载波间隔一致。The method according to claim 2, wherein the subcarrier spacing associated with the time-frequency window is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the currently activated partial bandwidth, or is consistent with the subcarrier spacing of the positioning reference signal.
  27. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述终端进行跳频切换期间,所述终端不执行目标通信行为;其中,所述目标通信行为包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 1, wherein during the frequency hopping switching of the terminal, the terminal does not perform target communication behavior; wherein the target communication behavior includes at least one of the following:
    接收下行信号和/或下行信道;Receive downlink signals and/or downlink channels;
    传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Transmit uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  28. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    在所述终端进行定位参考信号测量期间不执行目标通信行为;The target communication behavior is not performed during positioning reference signal measurement by the terminal;
    或者,or,
    在所述终端执行目标通信行为期间不进行定位参考信号的测量;No measurement of the positioning reference signal is performed during the execution of the target communication behavior by the terminal;
    其中,所述目标通信行为包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the target communication behavior includes at least one of the following:
    接收下行信号和/或下行信道;Receive downlink signals and/or downlink channels;
    传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Transmit uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔包括所有时频窗口的持续时间和相邻两跳之间的切换时间。The method according to claim 28, wherein the positioning reference signal measurement period is a first time interval, and the first time interval includes the duration of all time-frequency windows and the switching time between two adjacent hops.
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述定位参考信号测量期间为第二时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔包括每一跳对应的时频窗口持续时间,和,与下一个跳和/或上一个跳之间的切换时间。The method according to claim 28, wherein the positioning reference signal measurement period is a second time interval, the second time interval includes the time-frequency window duration corresponding to each hop, and, and the next hop and/ or the switching time between previous hops.
  31. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在得到定位测量结果之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein after obtaining the positioning measurement result, the method further includes:
    所述终端上报所述定位测量结果。 The terminal reports the positioning measurement result.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其中,所述定位测量结果包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 31, wherein the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
    各子带对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each sub-band;
    各时频窗口对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window;
    测量失败的时频窗口对应的测量失败原因;The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the time-frequency window in which the measurement failed;
    第一联合测量结果,所述第一联合测量结果为将所有子带对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
    第二联合测量结果,所述第二联合测量结果为将所有时频窗口对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
    各定位参考信号资源对应的第二联合测量结果;The second joint measurement result corresponding to each positioning reference signal resource;
    测量失败的定位参考信号资源对应的测量失败原因。The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述测量失败原因包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 32, wherein the measurement failure reason includes at least one of the following:
    定位参考信号被静默;The positioning reference signal is silenced;
    定位参考信号被穿孔;The positioning reference signal is punctured;
    在不同跳频对应的定位参考信号处于不同的接收时间误差组。The positioning reference signals corresponding to different frequency hopping are in different reception time error groups.
  34. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 32, wherein the method further includes:
    对于同一个定位参考信号资源,在终端无法得到至少一个时频窗口对应的测量结果的情况下,确定对所述定位参考信号资源的测量失败;For the same positioning reference signal resource, if the terminal cannot obtain the measurement result corresponding to at least one time-frequency window, determine that the measurement of the positioning reference signal resource has failed;
    和/或,and / or,
    对于同一个定位参考信号资源,在不同时频窗口处于不同的接收时间误差组的情况下,所述终端不执行对所述定位参考信号资源在各时频窗口对应的测量结果的联合处理。For the same positioning reference signal resource, when different time-frequency windows are in different reception time error groups, the terminal does not perform joint processing of the measurement results corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource in each time-frequency window.
  35. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述终端获取第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the terminal obtains the first information, the method further includes:
    所述终端上报所述终端的跳频相关能力,所述终端的跳频相关能力包括以下至少一项:The terminal reports the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal, and the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal include at least one of the following:
    所述终端是否支持以跳频的方式对定位参考信号进行测量;Whether the terminal supports measuring positioning reference signals in a frequency hopping manner;
    时域相邻的两跳的切换时间的最小时间间隔;The minimum time interval between switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain;
    一个时频窗口的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth of a time-frequency window;
    所述终端在对多个时频窗口的测量结果进行联合处理时,所述多个时频窗口对应的最大带宽;When the terminal jointly processes the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
    所述终端进行跳频测量可覆盖的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth that the terminal can cover when performing frequency hopping measurements;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的时频窗口的数量;The maximum number of time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的定位参考信号的子带的数量; The maximum number of subbands of positioning reference signals supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口的最大时间间隔或跨度;The maximum time interval or span of multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多跳之间的最大定时差,所述定时差用于指示多跳之间的同步关系;The maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported by the terminal when performing joint processing. The timing difference is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口之间的最大相位差;The maximum phase difference between multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时多个时频窗口之间的最大频率差;The maximum frequency difference between multiple time-frequency windows when the terminal performs joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的FFT大小;The maximum FFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的IFFT大小;The maximum IFFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时对定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal's processing capability for positioning reference signals when performing joint processing;
    所述终端对每个子带的定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal’s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband;
    所述终端能够处理的频域相邻的时频窗口最大的重叠带宽。The maximum overlapping bandwidth of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain that the terminal can process.
  36. 一种定位测量装置,其中,包括:A positioning measurement device, which includes:
    传输模块,用于获取第一信息;The transmission module is used to obtain the first information;
    测量模块,用于根据第一信息在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带,得到子带对应的测量结果和/或多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The measurement module is configured to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal using frequency hopping at different times according to the first information, and obtain measurement results corresponding to the subbands and/or measurement results of joint processing of multiple subbands.
  37. 一种定位测量方法,其中,包括:A positioning measurement method, which includes:
    网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。The network side device sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use frequency hopping to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal at different times.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括跳频方式中各跳的时频窗口信息,每一跳对应一个时频窗口,用于所述终端根据每一跳对应的时频窗口,分别测量所述定位参考信号的不同子带。The method according to claim 37, wherein the first information includes time-frequency window information of each hop in the frequency hopping mode, and each hop corresponds to a time-frequency window for the terminal to use according to the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop. frequency window, and measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal respectively.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息还包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 38, wherein the first information further includes at least one of the following:
    所述终端需要测量的定位参考信号的子带数;The number of subbands of the positioning reference signal that the terminal needs to measure;
    时频窗口的数量;The number of time-frequency windows;
    跳的数量。The number of jumps.
  40. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其中,所述时频窗口信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 38, wherein the time-frequency window information includes at least one of the following:
    第一标识,所述第一标识为时频窗口标识;A first identifier, the first identifier is a time-frequency window identifier;
    第二标识,所述第二标识为所述时频窗口所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier, the second identifier being a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the time-frequency window is located;
    所述时频窗口的时域位置信息;The time domain position information of the time-frequency window;
    所述时频窗口的频域位置信息。Frequency domain position information of the time-frequency window.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 40, wherein the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
    持续时间; duration;
    周期;cycle;
    起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
    重复配置;Duplicate configuration;
    所述频域位置信息包括以下至少一项:The frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
    带宽;bandwidth;
    起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
    频域相邻的时频窗口的起始频域位置的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval of the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain;
    重叠带宽。Overlap bandwidth.
  42. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,时频窗口信息包含时域候选窗信息和/或频域候选窗信息;其中,每一跳对应的一个时频窗口由一个时域候选窗和一个频域候选窗至少之一确定;The method of claim 37, wherein the time-frequency window information includes time-domain candidate window information and/or frequency-domain candidate window information; wherein a time-frequency window corresponding to each hop consists of a time-domain candidate window and a frequency-domain candidate window. At least one of the domain candidate windows is determined;
    其中,所述时域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the time domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
    持续时间;duration;
    周期;cycle;
    起始时域位置;Starting time domain position;
    重复配置;Duplicate configuration;
    第三标识,所述第三标识为所述时域候选窗的标识;A third identifier, the third identifier being the identifier of the time domain candidate window;
    所述频域候选窗信息包括以下至少一项:The frequency domain candidate window information includes at least one of the following:
    带宽;bandwidth;
    起始频域位置;Starting frequency domain position;
    频域相邻的频域候选窗的起始频域位置之间的频域间隔;The frequency domain interval between the starting frequency domain positions of adjacent frequency domain candidate windows;
    重叠带宽;Overlap bandwidth;
    与所述频域候选窗对应的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述频域候选窗所在的部分带宽的部分带宽标识;a second identifier corresponding to the frequency domain candidate window, where the second identifier is a partial bandwidth identifier of the partial bandwidth where the frequency domain candidate window is located;
    第四标识,所述第四标识为所述频域候选窗的标识;A fourth identifier, the fourth identifier being the identifier of the frequency domain candidate window;
    第一跳频顺序,用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序;The first frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
    起始频域候选窗指示。Starting frequency domain candidate window indication.
  43. 根据权利要求41或42所述的方法,其中,所述起始时域位置为相对于第一时域参考点的时域偏移量或者为绝对时间;The method according to claim 41 or 42, wherein the starting time domain position is a time domain offset relative to the first time domain reference point or an absolute time;
    其中,所述第一时域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first time domain reference point is at least one of the following:
    服务小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the serving cell;
    参考信号时间差参考小区的系统帧号0的时域位置;The reference signal time difference refers to the time domain position of the system frame number 0 of the reference cell;
    前一个时频窗口或时域候选窗的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the previous time-frequency window or time domain candidate window;
    起始时频窗口的起始时域位置或结束时域位置;The starting time domain position or the ending time domain position of the starting time-frequency window;
    定位参考信号的起始时域位置。 Position the starting time domain position of the reference signal.
  44. 根据权利要求41或42所述的方法,其中,所述起始频域位置为起始物理资源块的频域位置;The method according to claim 41 or 42, wherein the starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain position of a starting physical resource block;
    或者,or,
    所述起始频域位置为相对于第一频域参考点的频域偏移量;The starting frequency domain position is the frequency domain offset relative to the first frequency domain reference point;
    其中,所述第一频域参考点为以下至少一种:Wherein, the first frequency domain reference point is at least one of the following:
    所述定位参考信号的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal;
    所述定位参考信号对应的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
    所在服务小区的参考点A的频域位置;The frequency domain position of reference point A of the serving cell;
    所在服务小区的参考点A的偏移的频域位置;The offset frequency domain position of the reference point A of the serving cell;
    所述时频窗口或频域候选窗对应的部分带宽的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the partial bandwidth corresponding to the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window;
    频域位置最低的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the lowest frequency domain position;
    频域位置最高的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置;The starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency window or frequency domain candidate window with the highest frequency domain position;
    起始时频窗口或起始频域候选窗对应的起始频域位置或者最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position corresponding to the starting time-frequency window or starting frequency domain candidate window;
    前一个时频窗口的起始频域位置或最高频域位置;The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of the previous time-frequency window;
    频域相邻的时频窗口或频域候选窗的起始频域位置或最高频域位置。The starting frequency domain position or the highest frequency domain position of adjacent time-frequency windows or frequency domain candidate windows in the frequency domain.
  45. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,在所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 40, wherein after the network side device sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
    所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第一激活信息,所述第一激活信息用于指示激活的时频窗口,和/或指示所述终端在激活的时频窗口进行跳频测量。The network side device sends first activation information to the terminal, where the first activation information is used to indicate an activated time-frequency window, and/or instructs the terminal to perform frequency hopping measurements in the activated time-frequency window.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中,所述第一激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:The method of claim 45, wherein the first activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    跳频激活指示;Frequency hopping activation indication;
    激活的时频窗口列表;List of activated time-frequency windows;
    起始时频窗口的第一标识;The first identifier of the starting time-frequency window;
    激活的时频窗口的数量。The number of activated time-frequency windows.
  47. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中,在所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 42, wherein after the network side device sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
    所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第二激活信息,所述第二激活信息用于向所述终端指示各跳对应的时频窗口。The network side device sends second activation information to the terminal, where the second activation information is used to indicate to the terminal the time-frequency window corresponding to each hop.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,所述第二激活信息用于指示以下至少一项:The method of claim 47, wherein the second activation information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    起始时频窗口对应的频域候选窗;The frequency domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
    起始时频窗口对应的时域候选窗;The time domain candidate window corresponding to the starting time-frequency window;
    激活的时频窗口的数量;The number of activated time-frequency windows;
    第二跳频顺序,所述第二跳频顺序用于指示所述频域候选窗的跳频顺序; A second frequency hopping sequence, the second frequency hopping sequence is used to indicate the frequency hopping sequence of the frequency domain candidate window;
    激活的时域候选窗列表;List of activated time domain candidate windows;
    激活的频域候选窗列表。List of activated frequency domain candidate windows.
  49. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息还包括测量指示信息,所述测量指示信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 37, wherein the first information further includes measurement indication information, the measurement indication information includes at least one of the following:
    跳频指示,用于指示使用终端通过跳频的方式进行定位参考信号的测量;Frequency hopping indication is used to instruct the terminal to measure the positioning reference signal through frequency hopping;
    联合处理指示,用于指示得到多个子带联合处理的测量结果。The joint processing indication is used to indicate that the measurement results of multiple subbands jointly processed are obtained.
  50. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 37, wherein after the network side device sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
    所述网络侧设备从所述终端接收所述定位测量结果。The network side device receives the positioning measurement result from the terminal.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的方法,其中,所述定位测量结果包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 50, wherein the positioning measurement results include at least one of the following:
    各子带对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each sub-band;
    各时频窗口对应的测量结果;Measurement results corresponding to each time-frequency window;
    测量失败的时频窗口对应的测量失败原因;The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the time-frequency window in which the measurement failed;
    第一联合测量结果,所述第一联合测量结果为将所有子带对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A first joint measurement result, the first joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all subbands;
    第二联合测量结果,所述第二联合测量结果为将所有时频窗口对应的测量结果联合处理后得到的;A second joint measurement result, the second joint measurement result is obtained by jointly processing the measurement results corresponding to all time-frequency windows;
    各定位参考信号资源对应的第二联合测量结果;The second joint measurement result corresponding to each positioning reference signal resource;
    测量失败的定位参考信号资源对应的测量失败原因。The reason for the measurement failure corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource that failed to measure.
  52. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 37, wherein before the network side device sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
    所述网络侧设备从所述终端接收所述终端的跳频相关能力,所述终端的跳频相关能力包括以下至少一项:The network side device receives the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal from the terminal, and the frequency hopping related capabilities of the terminal include at least one of the following:
    所述终端是否支持以跳频的方式对定位参考信号进行测量;Whether the terminal supports measuring positioning reference signals in a frequency hopping manner;
    时域相邻的两跳的切换时间的最小时间间隔;The minimum time interval between switching times of two adjacent hops in the time domain;
    一个时频窗口的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth of a time-frequency window;
    所述终端在对多个时频窗口的测量结果进行联合处理时,所述多个时频窗口对应的最大带宽;When the terminal jointly processes the measurement results of multiple time-frequency windows, the maximum bandwidth corresponding to the multiple time-frequency windows;
    所述终端进行跳频测量可覆盖的最大带宽;The maximum bandwidth that the terminal can cover when performing frequency hopping measurements;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的时频窗口的数量;The maximum number of time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最多的定位参考信号的子带的数量;The maximum number of subbands of positioning reference signals supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口的最大时间间隔或跨度;The maximum time interval or span of multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多跳之间的最大定时差,所述定时差用于指示多跳之间的同步关系; The maximum timing difference between multiple hops supported by the terminal when performing joint processing. The timing difference is used to indicate the synchronization relationship between multiple hops;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的多个时频窗口之间的最大相位差;The maximum phase difference between multiple time-frequency windows supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时多个时频窗口之间的最大频率差;The maximum frequency difference between multiple time-frequency windows when the terminal performs joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的FFT大小;The maximum FFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时支持的最大的IFFT大小;The maximum IFFT size supported by the terminal when performing joint processing;
    所述终端进行联合处理时对定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal's processing capability for positioning reference signals when performing joint processing;
    所述终端对每个子带的定位参考信号的处理能力;The terminal’s processing capability for the positioning reference signal of each subband;
    所述终端能够处理的频域相邻的时频窗口最大的重叠带宽。The maximum overlapping bandwidth of adjacent time-frequency windows in the frequency domain that the terminal can process.
  53. 一种定位测量装置,其中,包括:A positioning measurement device, which includes:
    执行模块,用于确定第一信息;Execution module, used to determine the first information;
    收发模块,用于向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端在不同时间采用跳频方式测量定位参考信号的不同子带。The transceiver module is configured to send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal to measure different subbands of the positioning reference signal in a frequency hopping manner at different times.
  54. 一种终端,其中,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至35任一项所述的定位测量方法的步骤。A terminal, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, any one of claims 1 to 35 is implemented. The steps of the positioning measurement method described in the item.
  55. 一种网络侧设备,其中,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求37至52任一项所述的定位测量方法的步骤。A network side device, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the implementation of claims 37 to 52 is achieved. The steps of any one of the positioning measurement methods.
  56. 一种可读存储介质,其中,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-35任一项所述的定位测量方法,或者实现如权利要求37至52任一项所述的定位测量方法的步骤。 A readable storage medium, wherein a program or instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the positioning measurement method as described in any one of claims 1-35 is implemented, or the The steps of the positioning measurement method according to any one of claims 37 to 52.
PCT/CN2023/102273 2022-06-30 2023-06-26 Positioning measurement method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device WO2024001977A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210761419.3 2022-06-30
CN202210761419.3A CN117376967A (en) 2022-06-30 2022-06-30 Positioning measurement method, positioning measurement device, terminal and network side equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024001977A1 true WO2024001977A1 (en) 2024-01-04

Family

ID=89383270

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/102273 WO2024001977A1 (en) 2022-06-30 2023-06-26 Positioning measurement method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117376967A (en)
WO (1) WO2024001977A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017206437A1 (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-12-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for transmitting positioning reference signal, and computer storage medium
CN108391311A (en) * 2018-01-09 2018-08-10 北京智联安科技有限公司 NB-IoT equipment localization method and device
US20200196272A1 (en) * 2016-08-12 2020-06-18 Nokia Technologies Oy Position detection of user equipment within a wireless telecommunication network
WO2022076086A1 (en) * 2020-10-06 2022-04-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Determination of capability of user equipment to measure a downlink positioning reference signal across a plurality of frequency hops
WO2023069817A1 (en) * 2021-10-18 2023-04-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Flexible resource allocation for positioning reference signals in time and frequency domain

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017206437A1 (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-12-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for transmitting positioning reference signal, and computer storage medium
US20200196272A1 (en) * 2016-08-12 2020-06-18 Nokia Technologies Oy Position detection of user equipment within a wireless telecommunication network
CN108391311A (en) * 2018-01-09 2018-08-10 北京智联安科技有限公司 NB-IoT equipment localization method and device
WO2022076086A1 (en) * 2020-10-06 2022-04-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Determination of capability of user equipment to measure a downlink positioning reference signal across a plurality of frequency hops
WO2023069817A1 (en) * 2021-10-18 2023-04-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Flexible resource allocation for positioning reference signals in time and frequency domain

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NEC: "Discussion on positioning support for RedCap UEs", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2203696, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20220509 - 20220520, 29 April 2022 (2022-04-29), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052153125 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117376967A (en) 2024-01-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11363552B2 (en) Method of synchronized signal block measurement, user equipment and network device
US11540309B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN107454998B (en) In-device coexistence with other technologies in LTE grant assisted access operations
CN114071611B (en) Measurement reporting method, device and equipment
WO2019214383A1 (en) Quasi co-location information configuration method, network device and user equipment
US11576186B2 (en) Method for processing remote interference measurement signal, base station and storage medium
US20210111849A1 (en) Beam measurement method, network-side device, terminal device, and storage medium
US11991035B2 (en) Method and device for sending and detecting synchronous signal
US20190222381A1 (en) Resource Mapping Method, Transmit End, And Receive End
US20230188281A1 (en) Method for measuring reference signal, terminal, and network side device
WO2021249476A1 (en) Srs resource indication method, srs resource determination method, and related device
WO2023241247A1 (en) Bwp switching method and apparatus, terminal, storage medium and product
WO2023116883A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining time-frequency resource for msg1 repeat transmission, and terminal
WO2024001977A1 (en) Positioning measurement method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device
WO2022242556A1 (en) Method for determining measurement gap, and terminal and network-side device
US11297523B2 (en) Measurement method and measurement apparatus
WO2024027646A1 (en) Reference signal sending method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device
WO2024032490A1 (en) Measurement processing method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device
WO2024146606A1 (en) Request method based on on-demand prs, and device
WO2024093918A1 (en) Ssb measurement method and apparatus, and user equipment and storage medium
WO2024032439A1 (en) Positioning method, terminal, and network side device
WO2024114492A1 (en) Measurement method and apparatus, terminal and network side device
WO2024032542A1 (en) Method for processing transmitting channel switching, terminal and network side device
WO2024140555A1 (en) Transmission method for positioning reference signal resource, and communication device
US20240040421A1 (en) Measurement Gap Pattern Configuration Method and Apparatus, Terminal, and Network-Side Device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23830155

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1